


Network Working Group                                         C. Kaufman
Internet-Draft                                                 Microsoft
Obsoletes: 4306, 4718                                         P. Hoffman
(if approved)                                             VPN Consortium
Intended status: Standards Track                                  Y. Nir
Expires: November 18, 2010                                   Check Point
                                                               P. Eronen
                                                                   Nokia
                                                            May 17, 2010


                 Internet Key Exchange Protocol: IKEv2
                     draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-11

Abstract

   This document describes version 2 of the Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
   protocol.  IKE is a component of IPsec used for performing mutual
   authentication and establishing and maintaining security associations
   (SAs).  This document replaces and updates RFC 4306, and includes all
   of the clarifications from RFC 4718.

Status of this Memo

   This Internet-Draft is submitted in full conformance with the
   provisions of BCP 78 and BCP 79.

   Internet-Drafts are working documents of the Internet Engineering
   Task Force (IETF).  Note that other groups may also distribute
   working documents as Internet-Drafts.  The list of current Internet-
   Drafts is at http://datatracker.ietf.org/drafts/current/.

   Internet-Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six months
   and may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any
   time.  It is inappropriate to use Internet-Drafts as reference
   material or to cite them other than as "work in progress."

   This Internet-Draft will expire on November 18, 2010.

Copyright Notice

   Copyright (c) 2010 IETF Trust and the persons identified as the
   document authors.  All rights reserved.

   This document is subject to BCP 78 and the IETF Trust's Legal
   Provisions Relating to IETF Documents
   (http://trustee.ietf.org/license-info) in effect on the date of
   publication of this document.  Please review these documents
   carefully, as they describe your rights and restrictions with respect
   to this document.  Code Components extracted from this document must
   include Simplified BSD License text as described in Section 4.e of
   the Trust Legal Provisions and are provided without warranty as
   described in the Simplified BSD License.

   This document may contain material from IETF Documents or IETF
   Contributions published or made publicly available before November
   10, 2008.  The person(s) controlling the copyright in some of this
   material may not have granted the IETF Trust the right to allow
   modifications of such material outside the IETF Standards Process.
   Without obtaining an adequate license from the person(s) controlling
   the copyright in such materials, this document may not be modified
   outside the IETF Standards Process, and derivative works of it may
   not be created outside the IETF Standards Process, except to format
   it for publication as an RFC or to translate it into languages other
   than English.


Table of Contents

   1.  Introduction
     1.1.  Usage Scenarios
       1.1.1.  Security Gateway to Security Gateway Tunnel Mode
       1.1.2.  Endpoint-to-Endpoint Transport Mode
       1.1.3.  Endpoint to Security Gateway Tunnel Mode
       1.1.4.  Other Scenarios
     1.2.  The Initial Exchanges
     1.3.  The CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange
       1.3.1.  Creating New Child SAs with the CREATE_CHILD_SA
               Exchange
       1.3.2.  Rekeying IKE SAs with the CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange
       1.3.3.  Rekeying Child SAs with the CREATE_CHILD_SA
               Exchange
     1.4.  The INFORMATIONAL Exchange
       1.4.1.  Deleting an SA with INFORMATIONAL Exchanges
     1.5.  Informational Messages outside of an IKE SA
     1.6.  Requirements Terminology
     1.7.  Significant Differences Between RFC 4306 and This
           Document
   2.  IKE Protocol Details and Variations
     2.1.  Use of Retransmission Timers
     2.2.  Use of Sequence Numbers for Message ID
     2.3.  Window Size for Overlapping Requests
     2.4.  State Synchronization and Connection Timeouts
     2.5.  Version Numbers and Forward Compatibility
     2.6.  IKE SA SPIs and Cookies
       2.6.1.  Interaction of COOKIE and INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD
     2.7.  Cryptographic Algorithm Negotiation
     2.8.  Rekeying
       2.8.1.  Simultaneous Child SA rekeying
       2.8.2.  Simultaneous IKE SA Rekeying
       2.8.3.  Rekeying the IKE SA Versus Reauthentication
     2.9.  Traffic Selector Negotiation
       2.9.1.  Traffic Selectors Violating Own Policy
     2.10. Nonces
     2.11. Address and Port Agility
     2.12. Reuse of Diffie-Hellman Exponentials
     2.13. Generating Keying Material
     2.14. Generating Keying Material for the IKE SA
     2.15. Authentication of the IKE SA
     2.16. Extensible Authentication Protocol Methods
     2.17. Generating Keying Material for Child SAs
     2.18. Rekeying IKE SAs Using a CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange
     2.19. Requesting an Internal Address on a Remote Network
     2.20. Requesting the Peer's Version
     2.21. Error Handling
       2.21.1. Error Handling in IKE_SA_INIT
       2.21.2. Error Handling in IKE_AUTH
       2.21.3. Error Handling after IKE SA is Authenticated
       2.21.4. Error Handling Outside IKE SA
     2.22. IPComp
     2.23. NAT Traversal
       2.23.1. Transport Mode NAT Traversal
     2.24. Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN)
     2.25. Exchange Collisions
       2.25.1. Collisions While Rekeying or Closing Child SAs
       2.25.2. Collisions While Rekeying or Closing IKE SAs
   3.  Header and Payload Formats
     3.1.  The IKE Header
     3.2.  Generic Payload Header
     3.3.  Security Association Payload
       3.3.1.  Proposal Substructure
       3.3.2.  Transform Substructure
       3.3.3.  Valid Transform Types by Protocol
       3.3.4.  Mandatory Transform IDs
       3.3.5.  Transform Attributes
       3.3.6.  Attribute Negotiation
     3.4.  Key Exchange Payload
     3.5.  Identification Payloads
     3.6.  Certificate Payload
     3.7.  Certificate Request Payload
     3.8.  Authentication Payload
     3.9.  Nonce Payload
     3.10. Notify Payload
       3.10.1. Notify Message Types
     3.11. Delete Payload
     3.12. Vendor ID Payload
     3.13. Traffic Selector Payload
       3.13.1. Traffic Selector
     3.14. Encrypted Payload
     3.15. Configuration Payload
       3.15.1. Configuration Attributes
       3.15.2. Meaning of INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET and
               INTERNAL_IP6_SUBNET
       3.15.3. Configuration payloads for IPv6
       3.15.4. Address Assignment Failures
     3.16. Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) Payload
   4.  Conformance Requirements
   5.  Security Considerations
     5.1.  Traffic selector authorization
   6.  IANA Considerations
   7.  Acknowledgements
   8.  References
     8.1.  Normative References
     8.2.  Informative References
   Appendix A.  Summary of changes from IKEv1
   Appendix B.  Diffie-Hellman Groups
     B.1.  Group 1 - 768 Bit MODP
     B.2.  Group 2 - 1024 Bit MODP
   Appendix C.  Exchanges and Payloads
     C.1.  IKE_SA_INIT Exchange
     C.2.  IKE_AUTH Exchange without EAP
     C.3.  IKE_AUTH Exchange with EAP
     C.4.  CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange for Creating or Rekeying
           Child SAs
     C.5.  CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange for Rekeying the IKE SA
     C.6.  INFORMATIONAL Exchange
   Appendix D.  Changes Between Internet Draft Versions
     D.1.  Changes from IKEv2 to draft -00
     D.2.  Changes from draft -00 to draft -01
     D.3.  Changes from draft -00 to draft -01
     D.4.  Changes from draft -01 to draft -02
     D.5.  Changes from draft -02 to draft -03
     D.6.  Changes from draft -03 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-00
     D.7.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-00 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-01
     D.8.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-01 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-02
     D.9.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-01 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-02
     D.10. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-02 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-03
     D.11. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-03 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-04
     D.12. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-04 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-05
     D.13. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-05 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-06
     D.14. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-06 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-07
     D.15. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-07 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-08
     D.16. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-08 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-09
     D.17. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-09 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-10
     D.18. Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-10 to
           draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-11
   Authors' Addresses


1.  Introduction

   IP Security (IPsec) provides confidentiality, data integrity, access
   control, and data source authentication to IP datagrams.  These
   services are provided by maintaining shared state between the source
   and the sink of an IP datagram.  This state defines, among other
   things, the specific services provided to the datagram, which
   cryptographic algorithms will be used to provide the services, and
   the keys used as input to the cryptographic algorithms.

   Establishing this shared state in a manual fashion does not scale
   well.  Therefore, a protocol to establish this state dynamically is
   needed.  This document describes such a protocol -- the Internet Key
   Exchange (IKE).  Version 1 of IKE was defined in RFCs 2407 [DOI],
   2408 [ISAKMP], and 2409 [IKEV1].  IKEv2 replaced all of those RFCs.
   IKEv2 was defined in [IKEV2] (RFC 4306) and was clarified in [Clarif]
   (RFC 4718).  This document replaces and updates RFC 4306 and RFC
   4718.  IKEv2 was a change to the IKE protocol that was not backward
   compatible.  In contrast, the current document not only provides a
   clarification of IKEv2, but makes minimum changes to the IKE
   protocol.  A list of the significant differences between RFC 4306 and
   this document is given in Section 1.7.

   IKE performs mutual authentication between two parties and
   establishes an IKE security association (SA) that includes shared
   secret information that can be used to efficiently establish SAs for
   Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) [ESP] or Authentication Header
   (AH) [AH] and a set of cryptographic algorithms to be used by the SAs
   to protect the traffic that they carry.  In this document, the term
   "suite" or "cryptographic suite" refers to a complete set of
   algorithms used to protect an SA.  An initiator proposes one or more
   suites by listing supported algorithms that can be combined into
   suites in a mix-and-match fashion.  IKE can also negotiate use of IP
   Compression (IPComp) [IP-COMP] in connection with an ESP or AH SA.
   The SAs for ESP or AH that get set up through that IKE SA we call
   "Child SAs".

   All IKE communications consist of pairs of messages: a request and a
   response.  The pair is called an "exchange", and is sometimes called
   "request/response pair".  The first exchange of messages establishing
   an IKE SA are called the IKE_SA_INIT and IKE_AUTH exchanges;
   subsequent IKE exchanges are called the CREATE_CHILD_SA or
   INFORMATIONAL exchanges.  In the common case, there is a single
   IKE_SA_INIT exchange and a single IKE_AUTH exchange (a total of four
   messages) to establish the IKE SA and the first Child SA.  In
   exceptional cases, there may be more than one of each of these
   exchanges.  In all cases, all IKE_SA_INIT exchanges MUST complete
   before any other exchange type, then all IKE_AUTH exchanges MUST
   complete, and following that any number of CREATE_CHILD_SA and
   INFORMATIONAL exchanges may occur in any order.  In some scenarios,
   only a single Child SA is needed between the IPsec endpoints, and
   therefore there would be no additional exchanges.  Subsequent
   exchanges MAY be used to establish additional Child SAs between the
   same authenticated pair of endpoints and to perform housekeeping
   functions.

   An IKE message flow always consists of a request followed by a
   response.  It is the responsibility of the requester to ensure
   reliability.  If the response is not received within a timeout
   interval, the requester needs to retransmit the request (or abandon
   the connection).

   The first exchange of an IKE session, IKE_SA_INIT, negotiates
   security parameters for the IKE SA, sends nonces, and sends Diffie-
   Hellman values.

   The second exchange, IKE_AUTH, transmits identities, proves knowledge
   of the secrets corresponding to the two identities, and sets up an SA
   for the first (and often only) AH or ESP Child SA (unless there is
   failure setting up the AH or ESP Child SA, in which case the IKE SA
   is still established without the Child SA).

   The types of subsequent exchanges are CREATE_CHILD_SA (which creates
   a Child SA) and INFORMATIONAL (which deletes an SA, reports error
   conditions, or does other housekeeping).  Every request requires a
   response.  An INFORMATIONAL request with no payloads (other than the
   empty Encrypted payload required by the syntax) is commonly used as a
   check for liveness.  These subsequent exchanges cannot be used until
   the initial exchanges have completed.

   In the description that follows, we assume that no errors occur.
   Modifications to the flow when errors occur are described in
   Section 2.21.

1.1.  Usage Scenarios

   IKE is used to negotiate ESP or AH SAs in a number of different
   scenarios, each with its own special requirements.

1.1.1.  Security Gateway to Security Gateway Tunnel Mode

                +-+-+-+-+-+            +-+-+-+-+-+
                |         | IPsec      |         |
   Protected    |Tunnel   | tunnel     |Tunnel   |     Protected
   Subnet   <-->|Endpoint |<---------->|Endpoint |<--> Subnet
                |         |            |         |
                +-+-+-+-+-+            +-+-+-+-+-+

          Figure 1:  Security Gateway to Security Gateway Tunnel

   In this scenario, neither endpoint of the IP connection implements
   IPsec, but network nodes between them protect traffic for part of the
   way.  Protection is transparent to the endpoints, and depends on
   ordinary routing to send packets through the tunnel endpoints for
   processing.  Each endpoint would announce the set of addresses
   "behind" it, and packets would be sent in tunnel mode where the inner
   IP header would contain the IP addresses of the actual endpoints.

1.1.2.  Endpoint-to-Endpoint Transport Mode

   +-+-+-+-+-+                                          +-+-+-+-+-+
   |         |                 IPsec transport          |         |
   |Protected|                or tunnel mode SA         |Protected|
   |Endpoint |<---------------------------------------->|Endpoint |
   |         |                                          |         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+                                          +-+-+-+-+-+

                    Figure 2:  Endpoint to Endpoint

   In this scenario, both endpoints of the IP connection implement
   IPsec, as required of hosts in [IPSECARCH].  Transport mode will
   commonly be used with no inner IP header.  A single pair of addresses
   will be negotiated for packets to be protected by this SA.  These
   endpoints MAY implement application layer access controls based on
   the IPsec authenticated identities of the participants.  This
   scenario enables the end-to-end security that has been a guiding
   principle for the Internet since [ARCHPRINC], [TRANSPARENCY], and a
   method of limiting the inherent problems with complexity in networks
   noted by [ARCHGUIDEPHIL].  Although this scenario may not be fully
   applicable to the IPv4 Internet, it has been deployed successfully in
   specific scenarios within intranets using IKEv1.  It should be more
   broadly enabled during the transition to IPv6 and with the adoption
   of IKEv2.

   It is possible in this scenario that one or both of the protected
   endpoints will be behind a network address translation (NAT) node, in
   which case the tunneled packets will have to be UDP encapsulated so
   that port numbers in the UDP headers can be used to identify
   individual endpoints "behind" the NAT (see Section 2.23).

1.1.3.  Endpoint to Security Gateway Tunnel Mode

   +-+-+-+-+-+                          +-+-+-+-+-+
   |         |         IPsec            |         |     Protected
   |Protected|         tunnel           |Tunnel   |     Subnet
   |Endpoint |<------------------------>|Endpoint |<--- and/or
   |         |                          |         |     Internet
   +-+-+-+-+-+                          +-+-+-+-+-+

              Figure 3:  Endpoint to Security Gateway Tunnel

   In this scenario, a protected endpoint (typically a portable roaming
   computer) connects back to its corporate network through an IPsec-
   protected tunnel.  It might use this tunnel only to access
   information on the corporate network, or it might tunnel all of its
   traffic back through the corporate network in order to take advantage
   of protection provided by a corporate firewall against Internet-based
   attacks.  In either case, the protected endpoint will want an IP
   address associated with the security gateway so that packets returned
   to it will go to the security gateway and be tunneled back.  This IP
   address may be static or may be dynamically allocated by the security
   gateway.  In support of the latter case, IKEv2 includes a mechanism
   (namely, configuration payloads) for the initiator to request an IP
   address owned by the security gateway for use for the duration of its
   SA.

   In this scenario, packets will use tunnel mode.  On each packet from
   the protected endpoint, the outer IP header will contain the source
   IP address associated with its current location (i.e., the address
   that will get traffic routed to the endpoint directly), while the
   inner IP header will contain the source IP address assigned by the
   security gateway (i.e., the address that will get traffic routed to
   the security gateway for forwarding to the endpoint).  The outer
   destination address will always be that of the security gateway,
   while the inner destination address will be the ultimate destination
   for the packet.

   In this scenario, it is possible that the protected endpoint will be
   behind a NAT.  In that case, the IP address as seen by the security
   gateway will not be the same as the IP address sent by the protected
   endpoint, and packets will have to be UDP encapsulated in order to be
   routed properly.  Interaction with NATs is covered in detail in
   Section 2.23.

1.1.4.  Other Scenarios

   Other scenarios are possible, as are nested combinations of the
   above.  One notable example combines aspects of 1.1.1 and 1.1.3.  A
   subnet may make all external accesses through a remote security
   gateway using an IPsec tunnel, where the addresses on the subnet are
   routed to the security gateway by the rest of the Internet.  An
   example would be someone's home network being virtually on the
   Internet with static IP addresses even though connectivity is
   provided by an ISP that assigns a single dynamically assigned IP
   address to the user's security gateway (where the static IP addresses
   and an IPsec relay are provided by a third party located elsewhere).

1.2.  The Initial Exchanges

   Communication using IKE always begins with IKE_SA_INIT and IKE_AUTH
   exchanges (known in IKEv1 as Phase 1).  These initial exchanges
   normally consist of four messages, though in some scenarios that
   number can grow.  All communications using IKE consist of request/
   response pairs.  We'll describe the base exchange first, followed by
   variations.  The first pair of messages (IKE_SA_INIT) negotiate
   cryptographic algorithms, exchange nonces, and do a Diffie-Hellman
   exchange [DH].

   The second pair of messages (IKE_AUTH) authenticate the previous
   messages, exchange identities and certificates, and establish the
   first Child SA.  Parts of these messages are encrypted and integrity
   protected with keys established through the IKE_SA_INIT exchange, so
   the identities are hidden from eavesdroppers and all fields in all
   the messages are authenticated.  See Section 2.14 for information on
   how the encryption keys are generated.  (A man-in-the-middle who
   cannot complete the IKE_AUTH exchange can nonetheless see the
   identity of the initiator.)

   All messages following the initial exchange are cryptographically
   protected using the cryptographic algorithms and keys negotiated in
   the IKE_SA_INIT exchange.  These subsequent messages use the syntax
   of the Encrypted Payload described in Section 3.14, encrypted with
   keys that are derived as described in Section 2.14.  All subsequent
   messages include an Encrypted Payload, even if they are referred to
   in the text as "empty".  For the CREATE_CHILD_SA, IKE_AUTH, or
   INFORMATIONAL exchanges, the message following the header is
   encrypted and the message including the header is integrity protected
   using the cryptographic algorithms negotiated for the IKE SA.

   Every IKE message contains a Message ID as part of its fixed header.
   This Message ID is used to match up requests and responses, and to
   identify retransmissions of messages.

   In the following descriptions, the payloads contained in the message
   are indicated by names as listed below.

   Notation    Payload
   -----------------------------------------
   AUTH        Authentication
   CERT        Certificate
   CERTREQ     Certificate Request
   CP          Configuration
   D           Delete
   EAP         Extensible Authentication
   HDR         IKE Header (not a payload)
   IDi         Identification - Initiator
   IDr         Identification - Responder
   KE          Key Exchange
   Ni, Nr      Nonce
   N           Notify
   SA          Security Association
   SK          Encrypted and Authenticated
   TSi         Traffic Selector - Initiator
   TSr         Traffic Selector - Responder
   V           Vendor ID

   The details of the contents of each payload are described in section
   3.  Payloads that may optionally appear will be shown in brackets,
   such as [CERTREQ]; this indicates that a certificate request payload
   can optionally be included.

   The initial exchanges are as follows:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SAi1, KEi, Ni  -->

   HDR contains the Security Parameter Indexes (SPIs), version numbers,
   and flags of various sorts.  The SAi1 payload states the
   cryptographic algorithms the initiator supports for the IKE SA.  The
   KE payload sends the initiator's Diffie-Hellman value.  Ni is the
   initiator's nonce.

                                <--  HDR, SAr1, KEr, Nr, [CERTREQ]

   The responder chooses a cryptographic suite from the initiator's
   offered choices and expresses that choice in the SAr1 payload,
   completes the Diffie-Hellman exchange with the KEr payload, and sends
   its nonce in the Nr payload.

   At this point in the negotiation, each party can generate SKEYSEED,
   from which all keys are derived for that IKE SA.  The messages that
   follow are encrypted and integrity protected in their entirety, with
   the exception of the message headers.  The keys used for the
   encryption and integrity protection are derived from SKEYSEED and are
   known as SK_e (encryption) and SK_a (authentication, a.k.a. integrity
   protection); see Section 2.13 and Section 2.14 for details on the key
   derivation.  A separate SK_e and SK_a is computed for each direction.
   In addition to the keys SK_e and SK_a derived from the Diffie-Hellman
   value for protection of the IKE SA, another quantity SK_d is derived
   and used for derivation of further keying material for Child SAs.
   The notation SK { ... } indicates that these payloads are encrypted
   and integrity protected using that direction's SK_e and SK_a.

   HDR, SK {IDi, [CERT,] [CERTREQ,]
       [IDr,] AUTH, SAi2,
       TSi, TSr}  -->

   The initiator asserts its identity with the IDi payload, proves
   knowledge of the secret corresponding to IDi and integrity protects
   the contents of the first message using the AUTH payload (see
   Section 2.15).  It might also send its certificate(s) in CERT
   payload(s) and a list of its trust anchors in CERTREQ payload(s).  If
   any CERT payloads are included, the first certificate provided MUST
   contain the public key used to verify the AUTH field.

   The optional payload IDr enables the initiator to specify which of
   the responder's identities it wants to talk to.  This is useful when
   the machine on which the responder is running is hosting multiple
   identities at the same IP address.  If the IDr proposed by the
   initiator is not acceptable to the responder, the responder might use
   some other IDr to finish the exchange.  If the initiator then does
   not accept the fact that responder used an IDr different than the one
   that was requested, the initiator can close the SA after noticing the
   fact.

   The traffic selectors (TSi and TSr) are discussed in Section 2.9.

   The initiator begins negotiation of a Child SA using the SAi2
   payload.  The final fields (starting with SAi2) are described in the
   description of the CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange.

                                <--  HDR, SK {IDr, [CERT,] AUTH,
                                         SAr2, TSi, TSr}

   The responder asserts its identity with the IDr payload, optionally
   sends one or more certificates (again with the certificate containing
   the public key used to verify AUTH listed first), authenticates its
   identity and protects the integrity of the second message with the
   AUTH payload, and completes negotiation of a Child SA with the
   additional fields described below in the CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange.

   Both parties in the IKE_AUTH exchange MUST verify that all signatures
   and MACs are computed correctly.  If either side uses a shared secret
   for authentication, the names in the ID payload MUST correspond to
   the key used to generate the AUTH payload.

   Because the initiator sends its Diffie-Hellman value in the
   IKE_SA_INIT, it must guess the Diffie-Hellman group that the
   responder will select from its list of supported groups.  If the
   initiator guesses wrong, the responder will respond with a Notify
   payload of type INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD indicating the selected group.  In
   this case, the initiator MUST retry the IKE_SA_INIT with the
   corrected Diffie-Hellman group.  The initiator MUST again propose its
   full set of acceptable cryptographic suites because the rejection
   message was unauthenticated and otherwise an active attacker could
   trick the endpoints into negotiating a weaker suite than a stronger
   one that they both prefer.

   If creating the Child SA during the IKE_AUTH exchange fails for some
   reason, the IKE SA is still created as usual.  The list of Notify
   message types in the IKE_AUTH exchange that do not prevent an IKE SA
   from being set up include at least the following: NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN,
   TS_UNACCEPTABLE, SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED, INTERNAL_ADDRESS_FAILURE, and
   FAILED_CP_REQUIRED.

   If the failure is related to creating the IKE SA (for example, an
   AUTHENTICATION_FAILED Notify error message is returned), the IKE SA
   is not created.  Note that although the IKE_AUTH messages are
   encrypted and integrity protected, if the peer receiving this Notify
   error message has not yet authenticated the other end (or if the peer
   fails to authenticate the other end for some reason), the information
   needs to be treated with caution.  More precisely, assuming that the
   MAC verifies correctly, the sender of the error Notify message is
   known to be the responder of the IKE_SA_INIT exchange, but the
   sender's identity cannot be assured.

   Note that IKE_AUTH messages do not contain KEi/KEr or Ni/Nr payloads.
   Thus, the SA payloads in the IKE_AUTH exchange cannot contain
   Transform Type 4 (Diffie-Hellman Group) with any value other than
   NONE.  Implementations SHOULD omit the whole transform substructure
   instead of sending value NONE.

1.3.  The CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange is used to create new Child SAs and to
   rekey both IKE SAs and Child SAs.  This exchange consists of a single
   request/response pair, and some of its function was referred to as a
   phase 2 exchange in IKEv1.  It MAY be initiated by either end of the
   IKE SA after the initial exchanges are completed.

   An SA is rekeyed by creating a new SA and then deleting the old one.
   This section describes the first part of rekeying, the creation of
   new SAs; Section 2.8 covers the mechanics of rekeying, including
   moving traffic from old to new SAs and the deletion of the old SAs.
   The two sections must be read together to understand the entire
   process of rekeying.

   Either endpoint may initiate a CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange, so in this
   section the term initiator refers to the endpoint initiating this
   exchange.  An implementation MAY refuse all CREATE_CHILD_SA requests
   within an IKE SA.

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA request MAY optionally contain a KE payload for
   an additional Diffie-Hellman exchange to enable stronger guarantees
   of forward secrecy for the Child SA.  The keying material for the
   Child SA is a function of SK_d established during the establishment
   of the IKE SA, the nonces exchanged during the CREATE_CHILD_SA
   exchange, and the Diffie-Hellman value (if KE payloads are included
   in the CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange).

   If a CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange includes a KEi payload, at least one of
   the SA offers MUST include the Diffie-Hellman group of the KEi.  The
   Diffie-Hellman group of the KEi MUST be an element of the group the
   initiator expects the responder to accept (additional Diffie-Hellman
   groups can be proposed).  If the responder selects a proposal using a
   different Diffie-Hellman group (other than NONE), the responder MUST
   reject the request and indicate its preferred Diffie-Hellman group in
   the INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD Notify payload.  There are two octets of data
   associated with this notification: the accepted Diffie-Hellman Group
   number in big endian order.  In the case of such a rejection, the
   CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange fails, and the initiator will probably retry
   the exchange with a Diffie-Hellman proposal and KEi in the group that
   the responder gave in the INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD Notify payload.

   The responder sends a NO_ADDITIONAL_SAS notification to indicate that
   a CREATE_CHILD_SA request is unacceptable because the responder is
   unwilling to accept any more Child SAs on this IKE SA.  This
   notification can also be used to reject IKE SA rekey.  Some minimal
   implementations may only accept a single Child SA setup in the
   context of an initial IKE exchange and reject any subsequent attempts
   to add more.

1.3.1.  Creating New Child SAs with the CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange

   A Child SA may be created by sending a CREATE_CHILD_SA request.  The
   CREATE_CHILD_SA request for creating a new Child SA is:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK {SA, Ni, [KEi],
              TSi, TSr}  -->

   The initiator sends SA offer(s) in the SA payload, a nonce in the Ni
   payload, optionally a Diffie-Hellman value in the KEi payload, and
   the proposed traffic selectors for the proposed Child SA in the TSi
   and TSr payloads.

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA response for creating a new Child SA is:

                                <--  HDR, SK {SA, Nr, [KEr],
                                         TSi, TSr}

   The responder replies (using the same Message ID to respond) with the
   accepted offer in an SA payload, and a Diffie-Hellman value in the
   KEr payload if KEi was included in the request and the selected
   cryptographic suite includes that group.

   The traffic selectors for traffic to be sent on that SA are specified
   in the TS payloads in the response, which may be a subset of what the
   initiator of the Child SA proposed.

   The USE_TRANSPORT_MODE notification MAY be included in a request
   message that also includes an SA payload requesting a Child SA.  It
   requests that the Child SA use transport mode rather than tunnel mode
   for the SA created.  If the request is accepted, the response MUST
   also include a notification of type USE_TRANSPORT_MODE.  If the
   responder declines the request, the Child SA will be established in
   tunnel mode.  If this is unacceptable to the initiator, the initiator
   MUST delete the SA.  Note: Except when using this option to negotiate
   transport mode, all Child SAs will use tunnel mode.

   The ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED notification asserts that the
   sending endpoint will not accept packets that contain Traffic Flow
   Confidentiality (TFC) padding over the Child SA being negotiated.  If
   neither endpoint accepts TFC padding, this notification is included
   in both the request and the response.  If this notification is
   included in only one of the messages, TFC padding can still be sent
   in the other direction.

   The NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO notification is used for fragmentation
   control.  See [IPSECARCH] for a fuller explanation.  Both parties
   need to agree to sending non-first fragments before either party does
   so.  It is enabled only if NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO notification is
   included in both the request proposing an SA and the response
   accepting it.  If the responder does not want to send or receive non-
   first fragments, it only omits NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO notification
   from its response, but does not reject the whole Child SA creation.

   An IPCOMP_SUPPORTED notification, covered in Section 2.22, can also
   be included in the exchange.

   A failed attempt to create a Child SA SHOULD NOT tear down the IKE
   SA: there is no reason to lose the work done to set up the IKE SA.
   See Section 2.21 for a list of error messages that might occur if
   creating a Child SA fails.

1.3.2.  Rekeying IKE SAs with the CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA request for rekeying an IKE SA is:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK {SA, Ni, KEi} -->

   The initiator sends SA offer(s) in the SA payload, a nonce in the Ni
   payload, and a Diffie-Hellman value in the KEi payload.  The KEi
   payload MUST be included.  A new initiator SPI is supplied in the SPI
   field of the SA payload.  Once a peer receives a request to rekey an
   IKE SA or sends a request to rekey an IKE SA, it SHOULD NOT start any
   new CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges on the IKE SA that is being rekeyed.

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA response for rekeying an IKE SA is:

                                <--  HDR, SK {SA, Nr, KEr}

   The responder replies (using the same Message ID to respond) with the
   accepted offer in an SA payload, and a Diffie-Hellman value in the
   KEr payload if the selected cryptographic suite includes that group.
   A new responder SPI is supplied in the SPI field of the SA payload.

   The new IKE SA has its message counters set to 0, regardless of what
   they were in the earlier IKE SA.  The first IKE requests from both
   sides on the new IKE SA will have message ID 0.  The old IKE SA
   retains its numbering, so any further requests (for example, to
   delete the IKE SA) will have consecutive numbering.  The new IKE SA
   also has its window size reset to 1, and the initiator in this rekey
   exchange is the new "original initiator" of the new IKE SA.

   Section 2.18 also covers IKE SA rekeying in detail.

1.3.3.  Rekeying Child SAs with the CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA request for rekeying a Child SA is:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK {N(REKEY_SA), SA, Ni, [KEi],
       TSi, TSr}   -->

   The initiator sends SA offer(s) in the SA payload, a nonce in the Ni
   payload, optionally a Diffie-Hellman value in the KEi payload, and
   the proposed traffic selectors for the proposed Child SA in the TSi
   and TSr payloads.

   The notifications described in Section 1.3.1 may also be sent in a
   rekeying exchange.  Usually these will be the same notifications that
   were used in the original exchange; for example, when rekeying a
   transport mode SA, the USE_TRANSPORT_MODE notification will be used.

   The REKEY_SA notification MUST be included in a CREATE_CHILD_SA
   exchange if the purpose of the exchange is to replace an existing ESP
   or AH SA.  The SA being rekeyed is identified by the SPI field in the
   Notify payload; this is the SPI the exchange initiator would expect
   in inbound ESP or AH packets.  There is no data associated with this
   Notify message type.  The Protocol ID field of the REKEY_SA
   notification is set to match the protocol of the SA we are rekeying,
   for example, 3 for ESP and 2 for AH.

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA response for rekeying a Child SA is:

                                <--  HDR, SK {SA, Nr, [KEr],
                                         TSi, TSr}

   The responder replies (using the same Message ID to respond) with the
   accepted offer in an SA payload, and a Diffie-Hellman value in the
   KEr payload if KEi was included in the request and the selected
   cryptographic suite includes that group.

   The traffic selectors for traffic to be sent on that SA are specified
   in the TS payloads in the response, which may be a subset of what the
   initiator of the Child SA proposed.

1.4.  The INFORMATIONAL Exchange

   At various points during the operation of an IKE SA, peers may desire
   to convey control messages to each other regarding errors or
   notifications of certain events.  To accomplish this, IKE defines an
   INFORMATIONAL exchange.  INFORMATIONAL exchanges MUST ONLY occur
   after the initial exchanges and are cryptographically protected with
   the negotiated keys.  Note that some informational messages, not
   exchanges, can be sent outside the context of an IKE SA.  Section
   2.21 also covers error messages in great detail.

   Control messages that pertain to an IKE SA MUST be sent under that
   IKE SA.  Control messages that pertain to Child SAs MUST be sent
   under the protection of the IKE SA which generated them (or its
   successor if the IKE SA was rekeyed).

   Messages in an INFORMATIONAL exchange contain zero or more
   Notification, Delete, and Configuration payloads.  The recipient of
   an INFORMATIONAL exchange request MUST send some response; otherwise,
   the sender will assume the message was lost in the network and will
   retransmit it.  That response MAY be an empty message.  The request
   message in an INFORMATIONAL exchange MAY also contain no payloads.
   This is the expected way an endpoint can ask the other endpoint to
   verify that it is alive.

   The INFORMATIONAL exchange is defined as:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK {[N,] [D,]
       [CP,] ...}  -->
                                <--  HDR, SK {[N,] [D,]
                                         [CP], ...}

   The processing of an INFORMATIONAL exchange is determined by its
   component payloads.

1.4.1.  Deleting an SA with INFORMATIONAL Exchanges

   ESP and AH SAs always exist in pairs, with one SA in each direction.
   When an SA is closed, both members of the pair MUST be closed (that
   is, deleted).  Each endpoint MUST close its incoming SAs and allow
   the other endpoint to close the other SA in each pair.  To delete an
   SA, an INFORMATIONAL exchange with one or more Delete payloads is
   sent listing the SPIs (as they would be expected in the headers of
   inbound packets) of the SAs to be deleted.  The recipient MUST close
   the designated SAs.  Note that one never sends delete payloads for
   the two sides of an SA in a single message.  If there are many SAs to
   delete at the same time, one includes Delete payloads for the inbound
   half of each SA pair in the INFORMATIONAL exchange.

   Normally, the response in the INFORMATIONAL exchange will contain
   delete payloads for the paired SAs going in the other direction.
   There is one exception.  If by chance both ends of a set of SAs
   independently decide to close them, each may send a delete payload
   and the two requests may cross in the network.  If a node receives a
   delete request for SAs for which it has already issued a delete
   request, it MUST delete the outgoing SAs while processing the request
   and the incoming SAs while processing the response.  In that case,
   the responses MUST NOT include delete payloads for the deleted SAs,
   since that would result in duplicate deletion and could in theory
   delete the wrong SA.

   Similar to ESP and AH SAs, IKE SAs are also deleted by sending an
   Informational exchange.  Deleting an IKE SA implicitly closes any
   remaining Child SAs negotiated under it.  The response to a request
   that deletes the IKE SA is an empty INFORMATIONAL response.

   Half-closed ESP or AH connections are anomalous, and a node with
   auditing capability should probably audit their existence if they
   persist.  Note that this specification does not specify time periods,
   so it is up to individual endpoints to decide how long to wait.  A
   node MAY refuse to accept incoming data on half-closed connections
   but MUST NOT unilaterally close them and reuse the SPIs.  If
   connection state becomes sufficiently messed up, a node MAY close the
   IKE SA, as described above.  It can then rebuild the SAs it needs on
   a clean base under a new IKE SA.

1.5.  Informational Messages outside of an IKE SA

   There are some cases in which a node receives a packet that it cannot
   process, but it may want to notify the sender about this situation.

   o  If an ESP or AH packet arrives with an unrecognized SPI.  This
      might be due to the receiving node having recently crashed and
      lost state, or because of some other system malfunction or attack.

   o  If an encrypted IKE request packet arrives on port 500 or 4500
      with an unrecognized IKE SPI.  This might be due to the receiving
      node having recently crashed and lost state, or because of some
      other system malfunction or attack.

   o  If an IKE request packet arrives with a higher major version
      number than the implementation supports.

   In the first case, if the receiving node has an active IKE SA to the
   IP address from whence the packet came, it MAY send an INVALID_SPI
   notification of the wayward packet over that IKE SA in an
   INFORMATIONAL exchange.  The Notification Data contains the SPI of
   the invalid packet.  The recipient of this notification cannot tell
   whether the SPI is for AH or ESP, but this is not important because
   the SPIs are supposed to be different for the two.  If no suitable
   IKE SA exists, the node MAY send an informational message without
   cryptographic protection to the source IP address, using the source
   UDP port as the destination port if the packet was UDP (UDP-
   encapsulated ESP or AH).  In this case, it should only be used by the
   recipient as a hint that something might be wrong (because it could
   easily be forged).  This message is not part of an INFORMATIONAL
   exchange, and the receiving node MUST NOT respond to it because doing
   so could cause a message loop.  The message is constructed as
   follows: there are no IKE SPI values that would be meaningful to the
   recipient of such a notification; using zero values or random values
   are both acceptable, this being the exception to the rule in
   Section 3.1 that prohibits zero IKE Initiator SPIs.  The Initiator
   flag is set to 1, the Response flag is set to 0, and the version
   flags are set in the normal fashion; these flags are described in
   Section 3.1.

   In the second and third cases, the message is always sent without
   cryptographic protection (outside of an IKE SA), and includes either
   an INVALID_IKE_SPI or an INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION notification (with no
   notification data).  The message is a response message, and thus it
   is sent to the IP address and port from whence it came with the same
   IKE SPIs and the Message ID and Exchange Type are copied from the
   request.  The Response flag is set to 1, and the version flags are
   set in the normal fashion.

1.6.  Requirements Terminology

   Definitions of the primitive terms in this document (such as Security
   Association or SA) can be found in [IPSECARCH].  It should be noted
   that parts of IKEv2 rely on some of the processing rules in
   [IPSECARCH], as described in various sections of this document.

   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
   document are to be interpreted as described in [MUSTSHOULD].

1.7.  Significant Differences Between RFC 4306 and This Document

   This document contains clarifications and amplifications to IKEv2
   [IKEV2].  Many of the clarifications are based on [Clarif].  The
   changes listed in that document were discussed in the IPsec Working
   Group and, after the Working Group was disbanded, on the IPsec
   mailing list.  That document contains detailed explanations of areas
   that were unclear in IKEv2, and is thus useful to implementers of
   IKEv2.

   The protocol described in this document retains the same major
   version number (2) and minor version number (0) as was used in RFC
   4306.  That is, the version number is *not* changed from RFC 4306.
   The small number of technical changes listed here are not expected to
   affect RFC 4306 implementations that have already been deployed at
   the time of publication of this document.

   This document makes the figures and references a bit more consistent
   than they were in [IKEV2].

   IKEv2 developers have noted that the SHOULD-level requirements in RFC
   4306 are often unclear in that they don't say when it is OK to not
   obey the requirements.  They also have noted that there are MUST-
   level requirements that are not related to interoperability.  This
   document has more explanation of some of these requirements.  All
   non-capitalized uses of the words SHOULD and MUST now mean their
   normal English sense, not the interoperability sense of [MUSTSHOULD].

   IKEv2 (and IKEv1) developers have noted that there is a great deal of
   material in the tables of codes in Section 3.10.1 in RFC 4306.  This
   leads to implementers not having all the needed information in the
   main body of the document.  Much of the material from those tables
   has been moved into the associated parts of the main body of the
   document.

   This document removes discussion of nesting AH and ESP.  This was a
   mistake in RFC 4306 caused by the lag between finishing RFC 4306 and
   RFC 4301.  Basically, IKEv2 is based on RFC 4301, which does not
   include "SA bundles" that were part of RFC 2401.  While a single
   packet can go through IPsec processing multiple times, each of these
   passes uses a separate SA, and the passes are coordinated by the
   forwarding tables.  In IKEv2, each of these SAs has to be created
   using a separate CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange.

   This document removes discussion of the INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY
   configuration attribute because its implementation was very
   problematic.  Implementations that conform to this document MUST
   ignore proposals that have configuration attribute type 5, the old
   value for INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY.  This document also removed
   INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS as a configuration attribute.

   This document removes the allowance for rejecting messages where the
   payloads were not in the "right" order; now implementations MUST NOT
   reject them.  This is due to the lack of clarity where the orders for
   the payloads are described.

   The lists of items from RFC 4306 that ended up in the IANA registry
   were trimmed to only include items that were actually defined in RFC
   4306.  Also, many of those lists are now preceded with the very
   important instruction to developers that they really should look at
   the IANA registry at the time of development because new items have
   been added since RFC 4306.

   This document adds clarification on when notifications are and are
   not sent encrypted, depending on the state of the negotiation at the
   time.

   This document discusses more about how to negotiate combined-mode
   ciphers.

   In section 1.3.2, changed "The KEi payload SHOULD be included" to be
   "The KEi payload MUST be included".  This also led to changes in
   section 2.18.

   In Section 2.1, there is new material covering how the initiator's
   SPI and/or IP is used to differentiate if this is a "half-open" IKE
   SA or a new request.

   This document clarifies the use of the critical flag in Section 2.5.

   In 2.8, changed "Note that, when rekeying, the new Child SA MAY have
   different traffic selectors and algorithms than the old one" to "Note
   that, when rekeying, the new Child SA SHOULD NOT have different
   traffic selectors and algorithms than the old one".

   The new Section 2.8.2 covers simultaneous IKE SA rekeying.

   The new Section 2.9.2 covers traffic selectors in rekeying.

   This document adds the restriction in Section 2.13 that all pseudo-
   random functions (PRFs) used with IKEv2 MUST take variable-sized
   keys.  This should not affect any implementations because there were
   no standardized PRFs that have fixed-size keys.

   Section 2.18 requires doing a Diffie-Hellman exchange when rekeying
   the IKE_SA.  In theory, RFC 4306 allowed a policy where the Diffie-
   Hellman exchange was optional, but this was not useful (or
   appropriate) when rekeying the IKE_SA.

   Section 2.21 has been greatly expanded to cover the different cases
   where error responses are needed and the appropriate responses to
   them.

   Section 2.23 clarified that, in NAT traversal, now both UDP
   encapsulated IPsec packets and non-UDP encapsulated IPsec packets
   packets need to be understood when receiving.

   Added Section 2.23.1 to describe NAT traversal when transport mode is
   requested.

   Added Section 2.25 to explain how to act when there are timing
   collisions when deleting and/or rekeying SAs, and two new error
   notifications (TEMPORARY_FAILURE and CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND) were
   defined.

   In Section 3.6, added "Implementations MUST support the HTTP method
   for hash-and-URL lookup.  The behavior of other URL methods is not
   currently specified, and such methods SHOULD NOT be used in the
   absence of a document specifying them."

   In Section 3.15.3, added a pointer to a new document that is related
   to configuration of IPv6 addresses.

   Appendix C was expanded and clarified.


2.  IKE Protocol Details and Variations

   IKE normally listens and sends on UDP port 500, though IKE messages
   may also be received on UDP port 4500 with a slightly different
   format (see Section 2.23).  Since UDP is a datagram (unreliable)
   protocol, IKE includes in its definition recovery from transmission
   errors, including packet loss, packet replay, and packet forgery.
   IKE is designed to function so long as (1) at least one of a series
   of retransmitted packets reaches its destination before timing out;
   and (2) the channel is not so full of forged and replayed packets so
   as to exhaust the network or CPU capacities of either endpoint.  Even
   in the absence of those minimum performance requirements, IKE is
   designed to fail cleanly (as though the network were broken).

   Although IKEv2 messages are intended to be short, they contain
   structures with no hard upper bound on size (in particular, digital
   certificates), and IKEv2 itself does not have a mechanism for
   fragmenting large messages.  IP defines a mechanism for fragmentation
   of oversized UDP messages, but implementations vary in the maximum
   message size supported.  Furthermore, use of IP fragmentation opens
   an implementation to denial of service (DoS) attacks [DOSUDPPROT].
   Finally, some NAT and/or firewall implementations may block IP
   fragments.

   All IKEv2 implementations MUST be able to send, receive, and process
   IKE messages that are up to 1280 octets long, and they SHOULD be able
   to send, receive, and process messages that are up to 3000 octets
   long.  IKEv2 implementations need to be aware of the maximum UDP
   message size supported and MAY shorten messages by leaving out some
   certificates or cryptographic suite proposals if that will keep
   messages below the maximum.  Use of the "Hash and URL" formats rather
   than including certificates in exchanges where possible can avoid
   most problems.  Implementations and configuration need to keep in
   mind, however, that if the URL lookups are possible only after the
   Child SA is established, recursion issues could prevent this
   technique from working.

   The UDP payload of all packets containing IKE messages sent on port
   4500 MUST begin with the prefix of four zeros; otherwise, the
   receiver won't know how to handle them.

2.1.  Use of Retransmission Timers

   All messages in IKE exist in pairs: a request and a response.  The
   setup of an IKE SA normally consists of two exchanges.  Once the IKE
   SA is set up, either end of the security association may initiate
   requests at any time, and there can be many requests and responses
   "in flight" at any given moment.  But each message is labeled as
   either a request or a response, and for each exchange, one end of the
   security association is the initiator and the other is the responder.

   For every pair of IKE messages, the initiator is responsible for
   retransmission in the event of a timeout.  The responder MUST never
   retransmit a response unless it receives a retransmission of the
   request.  In that event, the responder MUST ignore the retransmitted
   request except insofar as it causes a retransmission of the response.
   The initiator MUST remember each request until it receives the
   corresponding response.  The responder MUST remember each response
   until it receives a request whose sequence number is larger than or
   equal to the sequence number in the response plus its window size
   (see Section 2.3).  In order to allow saving memory, responders are
   allowed to forget the response after a timeout of several minutes.
   If the responder receives a retransmitted request for which it has
   already forgotten the response, it MUST ignore the request (and not,
   for example, attempt constructing a new response).

   IKE is a reliable protocol: the initiator MUST retransmit a request
   until either it receives a corresponding response, or until it deems
   the IKE SA to have failed.  In the latter case, the initiator
   discards all state associated with the IKE SA and any Child SAs that
   were negotiated using that IKE SA.  A retransmission from the
   initiator MUST be bitwise identical to the original request.  That
   is, everything starting from the IKE Header (the IKE SA initiator's
   SPI onwards) must be bitwise identical; items before it (such as the
   IP and UDP headers) do not have to be identical.

   Retransmissions of the IKE_SA_INIT request require some special
   handling.  When a responder receives an IKE_SA_INIT request, it has
   to determine whether the packet is a retransmission belonging to an
   existing "half-open" IKE SA (in which case the responder retransmits
   the same response), or a new request (in which case the responder
   creates a new IKE SA and sends a fresh response), or it belongs to an
   existing IKE SA where the IKE_AUTH request has been already received
   (in which case the responder ignores it).

   It is not sufficient to use the initiator's SPI and/or IP address to
   differentiate between these three cases because two different peers
   behind a single NAT could choose the same initiator SPI.  Instead, a
   robust responder will do the IKE SA lookup using the whole packet,
   its hash, or the Ni payload.

   The retransmission policy for one-way messages is somewhat different
   from that for regular messages.  Because no acknowledgement is ever
   sent, there is no reason to gratuitously retransmit one-way messages.
   Given that all these messages are errors, it makes sense to send them
   only once per "offending" packet, and only retransmit if further
   offending packets are received.  Still, it also makes sense to limit
   retransmissions of such error messages.

2.2.  Use of Sequence Numbers for Message ID

   Every IKE message contains a Message ID as part of its fixed header.
   This Message ID is used to match up requests and responses, and to
   identify retransmissions of messages.  Retransmission of a message
   MUST use the same Message ID as the original message.

   The Message ID is a 32-bit quantity, which is zero for the
   IKE_SA_INIT messages (including retries of the message due to
   responses such as COOKIE and INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD), and incremented for
   each subsequent exchange.  Thus, the first pair of IKE_AUTH messages
   will have ID of 1, the second (when EAP is used) will be 2, and so
   on.  The Message ID is reset to zero in the new IKE SA after the IKE
   SA is rekeyed.

   Each endpoint in the IKE Security Association maintains two "current"
   Message IDs: the next one to be used for a request it initiates and
   the next one it expects to see in a request from the other end.
   These counters increment as requests are generated and received.
   Responses always contain the same message ID as the corresponding
   request.  That means that after the initial exchange, each integer n
   may appear as the message ID in four distinct messages: the nth
   request from the original IKE initiator, the corresponding response,
   the nth request from the original IKE responder, and the
   corresponding response.  If the two ends make very different numbers
   of requests, the Message IDs in the two directions can be very
   different.  There is no ambiguity in the messages, however, because
   the Initiator and Response flags in the message header specify which
   of the four messages a particular one is.

   Throughout this document, "initiator" refers to the party who
   initiated the exchange being described.  The "original initiator"
   always refers to the party who initiated the exchange which resulted
   in the current IKE SA.  In other words, if the "original responder"
   starts rekeying the IKE SA, that party becomes the "original
   initiator" of the new IKE SA.

   Note that Message IDs are cryptographically protected and provide
   protection against message replays.  In the unlikely event that
   Message IDs grow too large to fit in 32 bits, the IKE SA MUST be
   closed or rekeyed.

2.3.  Window Size for Overlapping Requests

   The SET_WINDOW_SIZE notification asserts that the sending endpoint is
   capable of keeping state for multiple outstanding exchanges,
   permitting the recipient to send multiple requests before getting a
   response to the first.  The data associated with a SET_WINDOW_SIZE
   notification MUST be 4 octets long and contain the big endian
   representation of the number of messages the sender promises to keep.
   The window size is always one until the initial exchanges complete.

   An IKE endpoint MUST wait for a response to each of its messages
   before sending a subsequent message unless it has received a
   SET_WINDOW_SIZE Notify message from its peer informing it that the
   peer is prepared to maintain state for multiple outstanding messages
   in order to allow greater throughput.

   After an IKE SA is set up, in order to maximize IKE throughput, an
   IKE endpoint MAY issue multiple requests before getting a response to
   any of them, up to the limit set by its peer's SET_WINDOW_SIZE.
   These requests may pass one another over the network.  An IKE
   endpoint MUST be prepared to accept and process a request while it
   has a request outstanding in order to avoid a deadlock in this
   situation.  An IKE endpoint may also accept and process multiple
   requests while it has a request outstanding.

   An IKE endpoint MUST NOT exceed the peer's stated window size for
   transmitted IKE requests.  In other words, if the responder stated
   its window size is N, then when the initiator needs to make a request
   X, it MUST wait until it has received responses to all requests up
   through request X-N.  An IKE endpoint MUST keep a copy of (or be able
   to regenerate exactly) each request it has sent until it receives the
   corresponding response.  An IKE endpoint MUST keep a copy of (or be
   able to regenerate exactly) the number of previous responses equal to
   its declared window size in case its response was lost and the
   initiator requests its retransmission by retransmitting the request.

   An IKE endpoint supporting a window size greater than one ought to be
   capable of processing incoming requests out of order to maximize
   performance in the event of network failures or packet reordering.

   The window size is normally a (possibly configurable) property of a
   particular implementation, and is not related to congestion control
   (unlike the window size in TCP, for example).  In particular, it is
   not defined what the responder should do when it receives a
   SET_WINDOW_SIZE notification containing a smaller value than is
   currently in effect.  Thus, there is currently no way to reduce the
   window size of an existing IKE SA; you can only increase it.  When
   rekeying an IKE SA, the new IKE SA starts with window size 1 until it
   is explicitly increased by sending a new SET_WINDOW_SIZE
   notification.

   The INVALID_MESSAGE_ID notification is sent when an IKE message ID
   outside the supported window is received.  This Notify message MUST
   NOT be sent in a response; the invalid request MUST NOT be
   acknowledged.  Instead, inform the other side by initiating an
   INFORMATIONAL exchange with Notification data containing the four
   octet invalid message ID.  Sending this notification is OPTIONAL, and
   notifications of this type MUST be rate limited.

2.4.  State Synchronization and Connection Timeouts

   An IKE endpoint is allowed to forget all of its state associated with
   an IKE SA and the collection of corresponding Child SAs at any time.
   This is the anticipated behavior in the event of an endpoint crash
   and restart.  It is important when an endpoint either fails or
   reinitializes its state that the other endpoint detect those
   conditions and not continue to waste network bandwidth by sending
   packets over discarded SAs and having them fall into a black hole.

   The INITIAL_CONTACT notification asserts that this IKE SA is the only
   IKE SA currently active between the authenticated identities.  It MAY
   be sent when an IKE SA is established after a crash, and the
   recipient MAY use this information to delete any other IKE SAs it has
   to the same authenticated identity without waiting for a timeout.
   This notification MUST NOT be sent by an entity that may be
   replicated (e.g., a roaming user's credentials where the user is
   allowed to connect to the corporate firewall from two remote systems
   at the same time).  The INITIAL_CONTACT notification, if sent, MUST
   be in the first IKE_AUTH request or response, not as a separate
   exchange afterwards; receiving parties MAY ignore it in other
   messages.

   Since IKE is designed to operate in spite of DoS attacks from the
   network, an endpoint MUST NOT conclude that the other endpoint has
   failed based on any routing information (e.g., ICMP messages) or IKE
   messages that arrive without cryptographic protection (e.g., Notify
   messages complaining about unknown SPIs).  An endpoint MUST conclude
   that the other endpoint has failed only when repeated attempts to
   contact it have gone unanswered for a timeout period or when a
   cryptographically protected INITIAL_CONTACT notification is received
   on a different IKE SA to the same authenticated identity.  An
   endpoint should suspect that the other endpoint has failed based on
   routing information and initiate a request to see whether the other
   endpoint is alive.  To check whether the other side is alive, IKE
   specifies an empty INFORMATIONAL message that (like all IKE requests)
   requires an acknowledgement (note that within the context of an IKE
   SA, an "empty" message consists of an IKE header followed by an
   Encrypted payload that contains no payloads).  If a cryptographically
   protected (fresh, i.e. not retransmitted) message has been received
   from the other side recently, unprotected Notify messages MAY be
   ignored.  Implementations MUST limit the rate at which they take
   actions based on unprotected messages.

   Numbers of retries and lengths of timeouts are not covered in this
   specification because they do not affect interoperability.  It is
   suggested that messages be retransmitted at least a dozen times over
   a period of at least several minutes before giving up on an SA, but
   different environments may require different rules.  To be a good
   network citizen, retransmission times MUST increase exponentially to
   avoid flooding the network and making an existing congestion
   situation worse.  If there has only been outgoing traffic on all of
   the SAs associated with an IKE SA, it is essential to confirm
   liveness of the other endpoint to avoid black holes.  If no
   cryptographically protected messages have been received on an IKE SA
   or any of its Child SAs recently, the system needs to perform a
   liveness check in order to prevent sending messages to a dead peer.
   (This is sometimes called "dead peer detection" or "DPD", although it
   is really detecting live peers, not dead ones.)  Receipt of a fresh
   cryptographically protected message on an IKE SA or any of its Child
   SAs ensures liveness of the IKE SA and all of its Child SAs.  Note
   that this places requirements on the failure modes of an IKE
   endpoint.  An implementation needs to stop sending on any SA if some
   failure prevents it from receiving on all of the associated SAs.  If
   a system creates Child SAs that can fail independently from one
   another without the associated IKE SA being able to send a delete
   message, then the system MUST negotiate such Child SAs using separate
   IKE SAs.

   There is a DoS attack on the initiator of an IKE SA that can be
   avoided if the initiator takes the proper care.  Since the first two
   messages of an SA setup are not cryptographically protected, an
   attacker could respond to the initiator's message before the genuine
   responder and poison the connection setup attempt.  To prevent this,
   the initiator MAY be willing to accept multiple responses to its
   first message, treat each as potentially legitimate, respond to it,
   and then discard all the invalid half-open connections when it
   receives a valid cryptographically protected response to any one of
   its requests.  Once a cryptographically valid response is received,
   all subsequent responses should be ignored whether or not they are
   cryptographically valid.

   Note that with these rules, there is no reason to negotiate and agree
   upon an SA lifetime.  If IKE presumes the partner is dead, based on
   repeated lack of acknowledgement to an IKE message, then the IKE SA
   and all Child SAs set up through that IKE SA are deleted.

   An IKE endpoint may at any time delete inactive Child SAs to recover
   resources used to hold their state.  If an IKE endpoint chooses to
   delete Child SAs, it MUST send Delete payloads to the other end
   notifying it of the deletion.  It MAY similarly time out the IKE SA.
   Closing the IKE SA implicitly closes all associated Child SAs.  In
   this case, an IKE endpoint SHOULD send a Delete payload indicating
   that it has closed the IKE SA unless the other endpoint is no longer
   responding.

2.5.  Version Numbers and Forward Compatibility

   This document describes version 2.0 of IKE, meaning the major version
   number is 2 and the minor version number is 0.  This document is a
   replacement for [IKEV2].  It is likely that some implementations will
   want to support version 1.0 and version 2.0, and in the future, other
   versions.

   The major version number should be incremented only if the packet
   formats or required actions have changed so dramatically that an
   older version node would not be able to interoperate with a newer
   version node if it simply ignored the fields it did not understand
   and took the actions specified in the older specification.  The minor
   version number indicates new capabilities, and MUST be ignored by a
   node with a smaller minor version number, but used for informational
   purposes by the node with the larger minor version number.  For
   example, it might indicate the ability to process a newly defined
   Notify message type.  The node with the larger minor version number
   would simply note that its correspondent would not be able to
   understand that message and therefore would not send it.

   If an endpoint receives a message with a higher major version number,
   it MUST drop the message and SHOULD send an unauthenticated Notify
   message of type INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION containing the highest
   (closest) version number it supports.  If an endpoint supports major
   version n, and major version m, it MUST support all versions between
   n and m.  If it receives a message with a major version that it
   supports, it MUST respond with that version number.  In order to
   prevent two nodes from being tricked into corresponding with a lower
   major version number than the maximum that they both support, IKE has
   a flag that indicates that the node is capable of speaking a higher
   major version number.

   Thus, the major version number in the IKE header indicates the
   version number of the message, not the highest version number that
   the transmitter supports.  If the initiator is capable of speaking
   versions n, n+1, and n+2, and the responder is capable of speaking
   versions n and n+1, then they will negotiate speaking n+1, where the
   initiator will set a flag indicating its ability to speak a higher
   version.  If they mistakenly (perhaps through an active attacker
   sending error messages) negotiate to version n, then both will notice
   that the other side can support a higher version number, and they
   MUST break the connection and reconnect using version n+1.

   Note that IKEv1 does not follow these rules, because there is no way
   in v1 of noting that you are capable of speaking a higher version
   number.  So an active attacker can trick two v2-capable nodes into
   speaking v1.  When a v2-capable node negotiates down to v1, it should
   note that fact in its logs.

   Also for forward compatibility, all fields marked RESERVED MUST be
   set to zero by an implementation running version 2.0, and their
   content MUST be ignored by an implementation running version 2.0 ("Be
   conservative in what you send and liberal in what you receive").  In
   this way, future versions of the protocol can use those fields in a
   way that is guaranteed to be ignored by implementations that do not
   understand them.  Similarly, payload types that are not defined are
   reserved for future use; implementations of a version where they are
   undefined MUST skip over those payloads and ignore their contents.

   IKEv2 adds a "critical" flag to each payload header for further
   flexibility for forward compatibility.  If the critical flag is set
   and the payload type is unrecognized, the message MUST be rejected
   and the response to the IKE request containing that payload MUST
   include a Notify payload UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL_PAYLOAD, indicating an
   unsupported critical payload was included.  In that Notify payload,
   the notification data contains the one-octet payload type.  If the
   critical flag is not set and the payload type is unsupported, that
   payload MUST be ignored.  Payloads sent in IKE response messages MUST
   NOT have the critical flag set.  Note that the critical flag applies
   only to the payload type, not the contents.  If the payload type is
   recognized, but the payload contains something which is not (such as
   an unknown transform inside an SA payload, or an unknown Notify
   Message Type inside a Notify payload), the critical flag is ignored.

   Although new payload types may be added in the future and may appear
   interleaved with the fields defined in this specification,
   implementations SHOULD send the payloads defined in this
   specification in the order shown in the figures in Sections 1 and 2;
   implementations MUST NOT reject as invalid a message with those
   payloads in any other order.

2.6.  IKE SA SPIs and Cookies

   The initial two eight-octet fields in the header, called the "IKE
   SPIs", are used as a connection identifier at the beginning of IKE
   packets.  Each endpoint chooses one of the two SPIs and MUST choose
   them so as to be unique identifiers of an IKE SA.  An SPI value of
   zero is special: it indicates that the remote SPI value is not yet
   known by the sender.

   Incoming IKE packets are mapped to an IKE SA only using the packet's
   SPI, not using (for example) the source IP address of the packet.

   Unlike ESP and AH where only the recipient's SPI appears in the
   header of a message, in IKE the sender's SPI is also sent in every
   message.  Since the SPI chosen by the original initiator of the IKE
   SA is always sent first, an endpoint with multiple IKE SAs open that
   wants to find the appropriate IKE SA using the SPI it assigned must
   look at the Initiator flag in the header to determine whether it
   assigned the first or the second eight octets.

   In the first message of an initial IKE exchange, the initiator will
   not know the responder's SPI value and will therefore set that field
   to zero.  When the IKE_SA_INIT exchange does not result in the
   creation of an IKE SA due to INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD, NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN,
   or COOKIE (see Section 2.6), the responder's SPI will be zero also in
   the response message.  However, if the responder sends a non-zero
   responder SPI, the initiator should not reject the response for only
   that reason.

   Two expected attacks against IKE are state and CPU exhaustion, where
   the target is flooded with session initiation requests from forged IP
   addresses.  These attack can be made less effective if a responder
   uses minimal CPU and commits no state to an SA until it knows the
   initiator can receive packets at the address from which it claims to
   be sending them.

   When a responder detects a large number of half-open IKE SAs, it
   SHOULD reply to IKE_SA_INIT requests with a response containing the
   COOKIE notification.  The data associated with this notification MUST
   be between 1 and 64 octets in length (inclusive), and its generation
   is described later in this section.  If the IKE_SA_INIT response
   includes the COOKIE notification, the initiator MUST then retry the
   IKE_SA_INIT request, and include the COOKIE notification containing
   the received data as the first payload, and all other payloads
   unchanged.  The initial exchange will then be as follows:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR(A,0), SAi1, KEi, Ni  -->
                                <--  HDR(A,0), N(COOKIE)
   HDR(A,0), N(COOKIE), SAi1,
       KEi, Ni  -->
                                <--  HDR(A,B), SAr1, KEr,
                                         Nr, [CERTREQ]
   HDR(A,B), SK {IDi, [CERT,]
       [CERTREQ,] [IDr,] AUTH,
       SAi2, TSi, TSr}  -->
                                <--  HDR(A,B), SK {IDr, [CERT,]
                                         AUTH, SAr2, TSi, TSr}

   The first two messages do not affect any initiator or responder state
   except for communicating the cookie.  In particular, the message
   sequence numbers in the first four messages will all be zero and the
   message sequence numbers in the last two messages will be one.  'A'
   is the SPI assigned by the initiator, while 'B' is the SPI assigned
   by the responder.

   An IKE implementation can implement its responder cookie generation
   in such a way as to not require any saved state to recognize its
   valid cookie when the second IKE_SA_INIT message arrives.  The exact
   algorithms and syntax used to generate cookies do not affect
   interoperability and hence are not specified here.  The following is
   an example of how an endpoint could use cookies to implement limited
   DoS protection.

   A good way to do this is to set the responder cookie to be:

   Cookie = <VersionIDofSecret> | Hash(Ni | IPi | SPIi | <secret>)

   where <secret> is a randomly generated secret known only to the
   responder and periodically changed and | indicates concatenation.
   <VersionIDofSecret> should be changed whenever <secret> is
   regenerated.  The cookie can be recomputed when the IKE_SA_INIT
   arrives the second time and compared to the cookie in the received
   message.  If it matches, the responder knows that the cookie was
   generated since the last change to <secret> and that IPi must be the
   same as the source address it saw the first time.  Incorporating SPIi
   into the calculation ensures that if multiple IKE SAs are being set
   up in parallel they will all get different cookies (assuming the
   initiator chooses unique SPIi's).  Incorporating Ni in the hash
   ensures that an attacker who sees only message 2 can't successfully
   forge a message 3.  Also, incorporating SPIi in the hash prevents an
   attacker from fetching one cookie from the other end, and then
   initiating many IKE_SA_INIT exchanges all with different initiator
   SPIs (and perhaps port numbers) so that the responder thinks that
   there are lots of machines behind one NAT box who are all trying to
   connect.

   If a new value for <secret> is chosen while there are connections in
   the process of being initialized, an IKE_SA_INIT might be returned
   with other than the current <VersionIDofSecret>.  The responder in
   that case MAY reject the message by sending another response with a
   new cookie or it MAY keep the old value of <secret> around for a
   short time and accept cookies computed from either one.  The
   responder should not accept cookies indefinitely after <secret> is
   changed, since that would defeat part of the DoS protection.  The
   responder should change the value of <secret> frequently, especially
   if under attack.

   When one party receives an IKE_SA_INIT request containing a cookie
   whose contents do not match the value expected, that party MUST
   ignore the cookie and process the message as if no cookie had been
   included; usually this means sending a response containing a new
   cookie.  The initiator should limit the number of cookie exchanges it
   tries before giving up, possibly using exponential back-off.  An
   attacker can forge multiple cookie responses to the initiator's
   IKE_SA_INIT message, and each of those forged cookie replies will
   cause two packets to be sent: one packet from the initiator to the
   responder (which will reject those cookies), and one response from
   responder to initiator that includes the correct cookie.

   A note on terminology: the term "cookies" originates with Karn and
   Simpson [PHOTURIS] in Photuris, an early proposal for key management
   with IPsec, and it has persisted.  The Internet Security Association
   and Key Management Protocol (ISAKMP) [ISAKMP] fixed message header
   includes two eight-octet fields called "cookies", and that syntax is
   used by both IKEv1 and IKEv2, although in IKEv2 they are referred to
   as the "IKE SPI" and there is a new separate field in a Notify
   payload holding the cookie.

2.6.1.  Interaction of COOKIE and INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD

   There are two common reasons why the initiator may have to retry the
   IKE_SA_INIT exchange: the responder requests a cookie or wants a
   different Diffie-Hellman group than was included in the KEi payload.
   If the initiator receives a cookie from the responder, the initiator
   needs to decide whether or not to include the cookie in only the next
   retry of the IKE_SA_INIT request, or in all subsequent retries as
   well.

   If the initiator includes the cookie only in the next retry, one
   additional roundtrip may be needed in some cases.  An additional
   roundtrip is needed also if the initiator includes the cookie in all
   retries, but the responder does not support this.  For instance, if
   the responder includes the KEi payloads in cookie calculation, it
   will reject the request by sending a new cookie.

   If both peers support including the cookie in all retries, a slightly
   shorter exchange can happen.

   Initiator                   Responder
   -----------------------------------------------------------
   HDR(A,0), SAi1, KEi, Ni -->
                           <-- HDR(A,0), N(COOKIE)
   HDR(A,0), N(COOKIE), SAi1, KEi, Ni  -->
                           <-- HDR(A,0), N(INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD)
   HDR(A,0), N(COOKIE), SAi1, KEi', Ni -->
                           <-- HDR(A,B), SAr1, KEr, Nr

   Implementations SHOULD support this shorter exchange, but MUST NOT
   fail if other implementations do not support this shorter exchange.

2.7.  Cryptographic Algorithm Negotiation

   The payload type known as "SA" indicates a proposal for a set of
   choices of IPsec protocols (IKE, ESP, or AH) for the SA as well as
   cryptographic algorithms associated with each protocol.

   An SA payload consists of one or more proposals.  Each proposal
   includes one protocol.  Each protocol contains one or more transforms
   -- each specifying a cryptographic algorithm.  Each transform
   contains zero or more attributes (attributes are needed only if the
   transform identifier does not completely specify the cryptographic
   algorithm).

   This hierarchical structure was designed to efficiently encode
   proposals for cryptographic suites when the number of supported
   suites is large because multiple values are acceptable for multiple
   transforms.  The responder MUST choose a single suite, which may be
   any subset of the SA proposal following the rules below:

   Each proposal contains one protocol.  If a proposal is accepted, the
   SA response MUST contain the same protocol.  The responder MUST
   accept a single proposal or reject them all and return an error.  The
   error is given in a notification of type NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN.

   Each IPsec protocol proposal contains one or more transforms.  Each
   transform contains a transform type.  The accepted cryptographic
   suite MUST contain exactly one transform of each type included in the
   proposal.  For example: if an ESP proposal includes transforms
   ENCR_3DES, ENCR_AES w/keysize 128, ENCR_AES w/keysize 256,
   AUTH_HMAC_MD5, and AUTH_HMAC_SHA, the accepted suite MUST contain one
   of the ENCR_ transforms and one of the AUTH_ transforms.  Thus, six
   combinations are acceptable.

   If an initiator proposes both normal ciphers with integrity
   protection as well as combined-mode ciphers, then two proposals are
   needed.  One of the proposals includes the normal ciphers with the
   integrity algoritms for them, and the other proposal includes all the
   combined mode ciphers without the integrity algorithms (because
   combined mode ciphers are not allowed to have any integrity algorithm
   other than "none").

2.8.  Rekeying

   IKE, ESP, and AH security associations use secret keys that should be
   used only for a limited amount of time and to protect a limited
   amount of data.  This limits the lifetime of the entire security
   association.  When the lifetime of a security association expires,
   the security association MUST NOT be used.  If there is demand, new
   security associations MAY be established.  Reestablishment of
   security associations to take the place of ones that expire is
   referred to as "rekeying".

   To allow for minimal IPsec implementations, the ability to rekey SAs
   without restarting the entire IKE SA is optional.  An implementation
   MAY refuse all CREATE_CHILD_SA requests within an IKE SA.  If an SA
   has expired or is about to expire and rekeying attempts using the
   mechanisms described here fail, an implementation MUST close the IKE
   SA and any associated Child SAs and then MAY start new ones.
   Implementations may wish to support in-place rekeying of SAs, since
   doing so offers better performance and is likely to reduce the number
   of packets lost during the transition.

   To rekey a Child SA within an existing IKE SA, create a new,
   equivalent SA (see Section 2.17 below), and when the new one is
   established, delete the old one.  Note that, when rekeying, the new
   Child SA SHOULD NOT have different traffic selectors and algorithms
   than the old one.

   To rekey an IKE SA, establish a new equivalent IKE SA (see
   Section 2.18 below) with the peer to whom the old IKE SA is shared
   using a CREATE_CHILD_SA within the existing IKE SA.  An IKE SA so
   created inherits all of the original IKE SA's Child SAs, and the new
   IKE SA is used for all control messages needed to maintain those
   Child SAs.  After the new equivalent IKE SA is created, the initiator
   deletes the old IKE SA, and the Delete payload to delete itself MUST
   be the last request sent over the old IKE SA.

   SAs should be rekeyed proactively, i.e., the new SA should be
   established before the old one expires and becomes unusable.  Enough
   time should elapse between the time the new SA is established and the
   old one becomes unusable so that traffic can be switched over to the
   new SA.

   A difference between IKEv1 and IKEv2 is that in IKEv1 SA lifetimes
   were negotiated.  In IKEv2, each end of the SA is responsible for
   enforcing its own lifetime policy on the SA and rekeying the SA when
   necessary.  If the two ends have different lifetime policies, the end
   with the shorter lifetime will end up always being the one to request
   the rekeying.  If an SA has been inactive for a long time and if an
   endpoint would not initiate the SA in the absence of traffic, the
   endpoint MAY choose to close the SA instead of rekeying it when its
   lifetime expires.  It can also do so if there has been no traffic
   since the last time the SA was rekeyed.

   Note that IKEv2 deliberately allows parallel SAs with the same
   traffic selectors between common endpoints.  One of the purposes of
   this is to support traffic quality of service (QoS) differences among
   the SAs (see [DIFFSERVFIELD], [DIFFSERVARCH], and section 4.1 of
   [DIFFTUNNEL]).  Hence unlike IKEv1, the combination of the endpoints
   and the traffic selectors may not uniquely identify an SA between
   those endpoints, so the IKEv1 rekeying heuristic of deleting SAs on
   the basis of duplicate traffic selectors SHOULD NOT be used.

   There are timing windows -- particularly in the presence of lost
   packets -- where endpoints may not agree on the state of an SA.  The
   responder to a CREATE_CHILD_SA MUST be prepared to accept messages on
   an SA before sending its response to the creation request, so there
   is no ambiguity for the initiator.  The initiator MAY begin sending
   on an SA as soon as it processes the response.  The initiator,
   however, cannot receive on a newly created SA until it receives and
   processes the response to its CREATE_CHILD_SA request.  How, then, is
   the responder to know when it is OK to send on the newly created SA?

   From a technical correctness and interoperability perspective, the
   responder MAY begin sending on an SA as soon as it sends its response
   to the CREATE_CHILD_SA request.  In some situations, however, this
   could result in packets unnecessarily being dropped, so an
   implementation MAY defer such sending.

   The responder can be assured that the initiator is prepared to
   receive messages on an SA if either (1) it has received a
   cryptographically valid message on the other half of the SA pair, or
   (2) the new SA rekeys an existing SA and it receives an IKE request
   to close the replaced SA.  When rekeying an SA, the responder
   continues to send traffic on the old SA until one of those events
   occurs.  When establishing a new SA, the responder MAY defer sending
   messages on a new SA until either it receives one or a timeout has
   occurred.  If an initiator receives a message on an SA for which it
   has not received a response to its CREATE_CHILD_SA request, it
   interprets that as a likely packet loss and retransmits the
   CREATE_CHILD_SA request.  An initiator MAY send a dummy ESP message
   on a newly created ESP SA if it has no messages queued in order to
   assure the responder that the initiator is ready to receive messages.

2.8.1.  Simultaneous Child SA rekeying

   If the two ends have the same lifetime policies, it is possible that
   both will initiate a rekeying at the same time (which will result in
   redundant SAs).  To reduce the probability of this happening, the
   timing of rekeying requests SHOULD be jittered (delayed by a random
   amount of time after the need for rekeying is noticed).

   This form of rekeying may temporarily result in multiple similar SAs
   between the same pairs of nodes.  When there are two SAs eligible to
   receive packets, a node MUST accept incoming packets through either
   SA.  If redundant SAs are created though such a collision, the SA
   created with the lowest of the four nonces used in the two exchanges
   SHOULD be closed by the endpoint that created it.  "Lowest" means an
   octet-by-octet comparison (instead of, for instance, comparing the
   nonces as large integers).  In other words, start by comparing the
   first octet; if they're equal, move to the next octet, and so on.  If
   you reach the end of one nonce, that nonce is the lower one.  The
   node that initiated the surviving rekeyed SA should delete the
   replaced SA after the new one is established.

   The following is an explanation on the impact this has on
   implementations.  Assume that hosts A and B have an existing Child SA
   pair with SPIs (SPIa1,SPIb1), and both start rekeying it at the same
   time:

   Host A                            Host B
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   send req1: N(REKEY_SA,SPIa1),
       SA(..,SPIa2,..),Ni1,..  -->
                                <--  send req2: N(REKEY_SA,SPIb1),
                                         SA(..,SPIb2,..),Ni2
   recv req2 <--

   At this point, A knows there is a simultaneous rekeying going on.
   However, it cannot yet know which of the exchanges will have the
   lowest nonce, so it will just note the situation and respond as
   usual.

   send resp2: SA(..,SPIa3,..),
        Nr1,..  -->
                                -->  recv req1

   Now B also knows that simultaneous rekeying is going on.  It responds
   as usual.

                               <--  send resp1: SA(..,SPIb3,..),
                                        Nr2,..
   recv resp1 <--
                               -->  recv resp2

   At this point, there are three Child SA pairs between A and B (the
   old one and two new ones).  A and B can now compare the nonces.
   Suppose that the lowest nonce was Nr1 in message resp2; in this case,
   B (the sender of req2) deletes the redundant new SA, and A (the node
   that initiated the surviving rekeyed SA), deletes the old one.

   send req3: D(SPIa1) -->
                                <--  send req4: D(SPIb2)
                                -->  recv req3
                                <--  send resp3: D(SPIb1)
   recv req4 <--
   send resp4: D(SPIa3) -->

   The rekeying is now finished.

   However, there is a second possible sequence of events that can
   happen if some packets are lost in the network, resulting in
   retransmissions.  The rekeying begins as usual, but A's first packet
   (req1) is lost.

   Host A                            Host B
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   send req1: N(REKEY_SA,SPIa1),
       SA(..,SPIa2,..),
       Ni1,..  -->  (lost)
                                <--  send req2: N(REKEY_SA,SPIb1),
                                         SA(..,SPIb2,..),Ni2
   recv req2 <--
   send resp2: SA(..,SPIa3,..),
       Nr1,.. -->
                                -->  recv resp2
                                <--  send req3: D(SPIb1)
   recv req3 <--
   send resp3: D(SPIa1) -->
                                -->  recv resp3

   From B's point of view, the rekeying is now completed, and since it
   has not yet received A's req1, it does not even know that there was
   simultaneous rekeying.  However, A will continue retransmitting the
   message, and eventually it will reach B.

   resend req1 -->
                                -->  recv req1

   To B, it looks like A is trying to rekey an SA that no longer exists;
   thus, B responds to the request with something non-fatal such as
   CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND.

                                <--  send resp1: N(CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND)
   recv resp1 <--

   When A receives this error, it already knows there was simultaneous
   rekeying, so it can ignore the error message.

2.8.2.  Simultaneous IKE SA Rekeying

   Probably the most complex case occurs when both peers try to rekey
   the IKE_SA at the same time.  Basically, the text in Section 2.8
   applies to this case as well; however, it is important to ensure that
   the Child SAs are inherited by the correct IKE_SA.

   The case where both endpoints notice the simultaneous rekeying works
   the same way as with Child SAs.  After the CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges,
   three IKE SAs exist between A and B: the old IKE SA and two new IKE
   SAs.  The new IKE SA containing the lowest nonce SHOULD be deleted by
   the node that created it, and the other suriving new IKE SA MUST
   inherit all the Child SAs.

   In addition to normal simultaneous rekeying cases, there is a special
   case where one peer finishes its rekey before it even notices that
   other peer is doing a rekey.  If only one peer detects a simultaneous
   rekey, redundant SAs are not created.  In this case, when the peer
   that did not notice the simultaneous rekey gets the request to rekey
   the IKE SA that it has already successfully rekeyed, it SHOULD return
   TEMPORARY_FAILURE because it is an IKE SA that it is currently trying
   to close (whether or not it has already sent the delete notification
   for the SA).  If the peer that did notice the simultaneous rekey gets
   the delete request from the other peer for the old IKE SA, it knows
   that the other peer did not detect the simultaneous rekey, and the
   first peer can forget its own rekey attempt.

   Host A                      Host B
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   send req1:
        SA(..,SPIa1,..),Ni1,.. -->
                             <-- send req2: SA(..,SPIb1,..),Ni2,..
                             --> recv req1
                             <-- send resp1: SA(..,SPIb2,..),Nr2,..
   recv resp1 <--
   send req3: D() -->
                             --> recv req3

   At this point, host B sees a request to close the IKE_SA.  There's
   not much more to do than to reply as usual.  However, at this point
   host B should stop retransmitting req2, since once host A receives
   resp3, it will delete all the state associated with the old IKE_SA
   and will not be able to reply to it.

                             <-- send resp3: ()

   The TEMPORARY_FAILURE notification was not included in RFC 4306, and
   support of the TEMPORARY_FAILURE notification is not negotiated.
   Thus, older peers that implement RFC 4306 but not this document may
   receive these notifications.  In that case, they will treat it the
   same as any other unknown error notification, and will stop the
   exchange.  Because the other peer has already rekeyed the exchange,
   doing so does not have any ill effects.

2.8.3.  Rekeying the IKE SA Versus Reauthentication

   Rekeying the IKE SA and reauthentication are different concepts in
   IKEv2.  Rekeying the IKE SA establishes new keys for the IKE SA and
   resets the Message ID counters, but it does not authenticate the
   parties again (no AUTH or EAP payloads are involved).

   Although rekeying the IKE SA may be important in some environments,
   reauthentication (the verification that the parties still have access
   to the long-term credentials) is often more important.

   IKEv2 does not have any special support for reauthentication.
   Reauthentication is done by creating a new IKE SA from scratch (using
   IKE_SA_INIT/IKE_AUTH exchanges, without any REKEY_SA notify
   payloads), creating new Child SAs within the new IKE SA (without
   REKEY_SA Notify payloads), and finally deleting the old IKE SA (which
   deletes the old Child SAs as well).

   This means that reauthentication also establishes new keys for the
   IKE SA and Child SAs.  Therefore, while rekeying can be performed
   more often than reauthentication, the situation where "authentication
   lifetime" is shorter than "key lifetime" does not make sense.

   While creation of a new IKE SA can be initiated by either party
   (initiator or responder in the original IKE SA), the use of EAP
   authentication and/or configuration payloads means in practice that
   reauthentication has to be initiated by the same party as the
   original IKE SA.  IKEv2 does not currently allow the responder to
   request reauthentication in this case; however, there are extensions
   that add this functionality such as [REAUTH].

2.9.  Traffic Selector Negotiation

   When an RFC4301-compliant IPsec subsystem receives an IP packet that
   matches a "protect" selector in its Security Policy Database (SPD),
   the subsystem protects that packet with IPsec.  When no SA exists
   yet, it is the task of IKE to create it.  Maintenance of a system's
   SPD is outside the scope of IKE, although some implementations might
   update their SPD in connection with the running of IKE (for an
   example scenario, see Section 1.1.3).

   Traffic Selector (TS) payloads allow endpoints to communicate some of
   the information from their SPD to their peers.  These must be
   communicated to IKE from the SPD (for example, the PF_KEY API [PFKEY]
   uses the SADB_ACQUIRE message).  TS payloads specify the selection
   criteria for packets that will be forwarded over the newly set up SA.
   This can serve as a consistency check in some scenarios to assure
   that the SPDs are consistent.  In others, it guides the dynamic
   update of the SPD.

   Two TS payloads appear in each of the messages in the exchange that
   creates a Child SA pair.  Each TS payload contains one or more
   Traffic Selectors.  Each traffic selector consists of an address
   range (IPv4 or IPv6), a port range, and an IP protocol ID.

   The first of the two TS payloads is known as TSi (Traffic Selector-
   initiator).  The second is known as TSr (Traffic Selector-responder).
   TSi specifies the source address of traffic forwarded from (or the
   destination address of traffic forwarded to) the initiator of the
   Child SA pair.  TSr specifies the destination address of the traffic
   forwarded to (or the source address of the traffic forwarded from)
   the responder of the Child SA pair.  For example, if the original
   initiator requests the creation of a Child SA pair, and wishes to
   tunnel all traffic from subnet 198.51.100.* on the initiator's side
   to subnet 192.0.2.* on the responder's side, the initiator would
   include a single traffic selector in each TS payload.  TSi would
   specify the address range (198.51.100.0 - 198.51.100.255) and TSr
   would specify the address range (192.0.2.0 - 192.0.2.255).  Assuming
   that proposal was acceptable to the responder, it would send
   identical TS payloads back.

   IKEv2 allows the responder to choose a subset of the traffic proposed
   by the initiator.  This could happen when the configurations of the
   two endpoints are being updated but only one end has received the new
   information.  Since the two endpoints may be configured by different
   people, the incompatibility may persist for an extended period even
   in the absence of errors.  It also allows for intentionally different
   configurations, as when one end is configured to tunnel all addresses
   and depends on the other end to have the up-to-date list.

   When the responder chooses a subset of the traffic proposed by the
   initiator, it narrows the traffic selectors to some subset of the
   initiator's proposal (provided the set does not become the null set).
   If the type of traffic selector proposed is unknown, the responder
   ignores that traffic selector, so that the unknown type is not
   returned in the narrowed set.

   To enable the responder to choose the appropriate range in this case,
   if the initiator has requested the SA due to a data packet, the
   initiator SHOULD include as the first traffic selector in each of TSi
   and TSr a very specific traffic selector including the addresses in
   the packet triggering the request.  In the example, the initiator
   would include in TSi two traffic selectors: the first containing the
   address range (198.51.100.43 - 198.51.100.43) and the source port and
   IP protocol from the packet and the second containing (198.51.100.0 -
   198.51.100.255) with all ports and IP protocols.  The initiator would
   similarly include two traffic selectors in TSr.  If the initiator
   creates the Child SA pair not in response to an arriving packet, but
   rather, say, upon startup, then there may be no specific addresses
   the initiator prefers for the initial tunnel over any other.  In that
   case, the first values in TSi and TSr can be ranges rather than
   specific values.

   The responder performs the narrowing as follows:

   o  If the responder's policy does not allow it to accept any part of
      the proposed traffic selectors, it responds with a TS_UNACCEPTABLE
      Notify message.

   o  If the responder's policy allows the entire set of traffic covered
      by TSi and TSr, no narrowing is necessary, and the responder can
      return the same TSi and TSr values.

   o  If the responder's policy allows it to accept the first selector
      of TSi and TSr, then the responder MUST narrow the traffic
      selectors to a subset that includes the initiator's first choices.
      In this example above, the responder might respond with TSi being
      (198.51.100.43 - 198.51.100.43) with all ports and IP protocols.

   o  If the responder's policy does not allow it to accept the first
      selector of TSi and TSr, the responder narrows to an acceptable
      subset of TSi and TSr.

   When narrowing is done, there may be several subsets that are
   acceptable but their union is not.  In this case, the responder
   arbitrarily chooses one of them, and MAY include an
   ADDITIONAL_TS_POSSIBLE notification in the response.  The
   ADDITIONAL_TS_POSSIBLE notification asserts that the responder
   narrowed the proposed traffic selectors but that other traffic
   selectors would also have been acceptable, though only in a separate
   SA.  There is no data associated with this Notify type.  This case
   will occur only when the initiator and responder are configured
   differently from one another.  If the initiator and responder agree
   on the granularity of tunnels, the initiator will never request a
   tunnel wider than the responder will accept.

   It is possible for the responder's policy to contain multiple smaller
   ranges, all encompassed by the initiator's traffic selector, and with
   the responder's policy being that each of those ranges should be sent
   over a different SA.  Continuing the example above, the responder
   might have a policy of being willing to tunnel those addresses to and
   from the initiator, but might require that each address pair be on a
   separately negotiated Child SA.  If the initiator didn't generate its
   request based on the packet, but (for example) upon startup, there
   would not be the very specific first traffic selectors helping the
   responder to select the correct range.  There would be no way for the
   responder to determine which pair of addresses should be included in
   this tunnel, and it would have to make a guess or reject the request
   with a SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED Notify message.

   The SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED error indicates that a CREATE_CHILD_SA
   request is unacceptable because its sender is only willing to accept
   traffic selectors specifying a single pair of addresses.  The
   requestor is expected to respond by requesting an SA for only the
   specific traffic it is trying to forward.

   Few implementations will have policies that require separate SAs for
   each address pair.  Because of this, if only some parts of the TSi
   and TSr proposed by the initiator are acceptable to the responder,
   responders SHOULD narrow the selectors to an acceptable subset rather
   than use SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED.

2.9.1.  Traffic Selectors Violating Own Policy

   When creating a new SA, the initiator needs to avoid proposing
   traffic selectors that violate its own policy.  If this rule is not
   followed, valid traffic may be dropped.  If you use decorrelated
   policies from [IPSECARCH], this kind of policy violations cannot
   happen.

   This is best illustrated by an example.  Suppose that host A has a
   policy whose effect is that traffic to 198.51.100.66 is sent via host
   B encrypted using AES, and traffic to all other hosts in
   198.51.100.0/24 is also sent via B, but must use 3DES.  Suppose also
   that host B accepts any combination of AES and 3DES.

   If host A now proposes an SA that uses 3DES, and includes TSr
   containing (198.51.100.0-198.51.100.255), this will be accepted by
   host B. Now, host B can also use this SA to send traffic from
   198.51.100.66, but those packets will be dropped by A since it
   requires the use of AES for this traffic.  Even if host A creates a
   new SA only for 198.51.100.66 that uses AES, host B may freely
   continue to use the first SA for the traffic.  In this situation,
   when proposing the SA, host A should have followed its own policy,
   and included a TSr containing ((198.51.100.0-
   198.51.100.65),(198.51.100.67-198.51.100.255)) instead.

   In general, if (1) the initiator makes a proposal "for traffic X
   (TSi/TSr), do SA", and (2) for some subset X' of X, the initiator
   does not actually accept traffic X' with SA, and (3) the initiator
   would be willing to accept traffic X' with some SA' (!=SA), valid
   traffic can be unnecessarily dropped since the responder can apply
   either SA or SA' to traffic X'.

2.10.  Nonces

   The IKE_SA_INIT messages each contain a nonce.  These nonces are used
   as inputs to cryptographic functions.  The CREATE_CHILD_SA request
   and the CREATE_CHILD_SA response also contain nonces.  These nonces
   are used to add freshness to the key derivation technique used to
   obtain keys for Child SA, and to ensure creation of strong pseudo-
   random bits from the Diffie-Hellman key.  Nonces used in IKEv2 MUST
   be randomly chosen, MUST be at least 128 bits in size, and MUST be at
   least half the key size of the negotiated pseudo-random function
   (PRF).  However, the initiator chooses the nonce before the outcome
   of the negotiation is known.  Because of that, the nonce has to be
   long enough for all the PRFs being proposed.  If the same random
   number source is used for both keys and nonces, care must be taken to
   ensure that the latter use does not compromise the former.

2.11.  Address and Port Agility

   IKE runs over UDP ports 500 and 4500, and implicitly sets up ESP and
   AH associations for the same IP addresses it runs over.  The IP
   addresses and ports in the outer header are, however, not themselves
   cryptographically protected, and IKE is designed to work even through
   Network Address Translation (NAT) boxes.  An implementation MUST
   accept incoming requests even if the source port is not 500 or 4500,
   and MUST respond to the address and port from which the request was
   received.  It MUST specify the address and port at which the request
   was received as the source address and port in the response.  IKE
   functions identically over IPv4 or IPv6.

2.12.  Reuse of Diffie-Hellman Exponentials

   IKE generates keying material using an ephemeral Diffie-Hellman
   exchange in order to gain the property of "perfect forward secrecy".
   This means that once a connection is closed and its corresponding
   keys are forgotten, even someone who has recorded all of the data
   from the connection and gets access to all of the long-term keys of
   the two endpoints cannot reconstruct the keys used to protect the
   conversation without doing a brute force search of the session key
   space.

   Achieving perfect forward secrecy requires that when a connection is
   closed, each endpoint MUST forget not only the keys used by the
   connection but also any information that could be used to recompute
   those keys.

   Because computing Diffie-Hellman exponentials is computationally
   expensive, an endpoint may find it advantageous to reuse those
   exponentials for multiple connection setups.  There are several
   reasonable strategies for doing this.  An endpoint could choose a new
   exponential only periodically though this could result in less-than-
   perfect forward secrecy if some connection lasts for less than the
   lifetime of the exponential.  Or it could keep track of which
   exponential was used for each connection and delete the information
   associated with the exponential only when some corresponding
   connection was closed.  This would allow the exponential to be reused
   without losing perfect forward secrecy at the cost of maintaining
   more state.

   Whether and when to reuse Diffie-Hellman exponentials are private
   decisions in the sense that they will not affect interoperability.
   An implementation that reuses exponentials MAY choose to remember the
   exponential used by the other endpoint on past exchanges and if one
   is reused to avoid the second half of the calculation.  See [REUSE]
   for a security analysis of this practice and for additional security
   considerations when reusing ephemeral Diffie-Hellman keys.

2.13.  Generating Keying Material

   In the context of the IKE SA, four cryptographic algorithms are
   negotiated: an encryption algorithm, an integrity protection
   algorithm, a Diffie-Hellman group, and a pseudo-random function
   (PRF).  The PRF is used for the construction of keying material for
   all of the cryptographic algorithms used in both the IKE SA and the
   Child SAs.

   We assume that each encryption algorithm and integrity protection
   algorithm uses a fixed-size key and that any randomly chosen value of
   that fixed size can serve as an appropriate key.  For algorithms that
   accept a variable length key, a fixed key size MUST be specified as
   part of the cryptographic transform negotiated (see Section 3.3.5 for
   the definition of the Key Length transform attribute).  For
   algorithms for which not all values are valid keys (such as DES or
   3DES with key parity), the algorithm by which keys are derived from
   arbitrary values MUST be specified by the cryptographic transform.
   For integrity protection functions based on Hashed Message
   Authentication Code (HMAC), the fixed key size is the size of the
   output of the underlying hash function.

   It is assumed that PRFs accept keys of any length, but have a
   preferred key size.  The preferred key size MUST be used as the
   length of SK_d, SK_pi, and SK_pr (see Section 2.14).  For PRFs based
   on the HMAC construction, the preferred key size is equal to the
   length of the output of the underlying hash function.  Other types of
   PRFs MUST specify their preferred key size.

   Keying material will always be derived as the output of the
   negotiated PRF algorithm.  Since the amount of keying material needed
   may be greater than the size of the output of the PRF, the PRF is
   used iteratively.  The term "prf+" describes a function that outputs
   a pseudo-random stream based on the inputs to a pseudo-random
   function called "prf".

   In the following, | indicates concatenation. prf+ is defined as:

   prf+ (K,S) = T1 | T2 | T3 | T4 | ...

   where:
   T1 = prf (K, S | 0x01)
   T2 = prf (K, T1 | S | 0x02)
   T3 = prf (K, T2 | S | 0x03)
   T4 = prf (K, T3 | S | 0x04)
   ...

   This continues until all the material needed to compute all required
   keys has been output from prf+.  The keys are taken from the output
   string without regard to boundaries (e.g., if the required keys are a
   256-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) key and a 160-bit HMAC
   key, and the prf function generates 160 bits, the AES key will come
   from T1 and the beginning of T2, while the HMAC key will come from
   the rest of T2 and the beginning of T3).

   The constant concatenated to the end of each prf function is a single
   octet.  The prf+ function is not defined beyond 255 times the size of
   the prf function output.

2.14.  Generating Keying Material for the IKE SA

   The shared keys are computed as follows.  A quantity called SKEYSEED
   is calculated from the nonces exchanged during the IKE_SA_INIT
   exchange and the Diffie-Hellman shared secret established during that
   exchange.  SKEYSEED is used to calculate seven other secrets: SK_d
   used for deriving new keys for the Child SAs established with this
   IKE SA; SK_ai and SK_ar used as a key to the integrity protection
   algorithm for authenticating the component messages of subsequent
   exchanges; SK_ei and SK_er used for encrypting (and of course
   decrypting) all subsequent exchanges; and SK_pi and SK_pr, which are
   used when generating an AUTH payload.  The lengths of SK_d, SK_pi,
   and SK_pr MUST be the preferred key length of the agreed-to PRF.

   SKEYSEED and its derivatives are computed as follows:

   SKEYSEED = prf(Ni | Nr, g^ir)

   {SK_d | SK_ai | SK_ar | SK_ei | SK_er | SK_pi | SK_pr }
                   = prf+ (SKEYSEED, Ni | Nr | SPIi | SPIr )

   (indicating that the quantities SK_d, SK_ai, SK_ar, SK_ei, SK_er,
   SK_pi, and SK_pr are taken in order from the generated bits of the
   prf+). g^ir is the shared secret from the ephemeral Diffie-Hellman
   exchange. g^ir is represented as a string of octets in big endian
   order padded with zeros if necessary to make it the length of the
   modulus.  Ni and Nr are the nonces, stripped of any headers.  For
   historical backwards-compatibility reasons, there are two PRFs that
   are treated specially in this calculation.  If the negotiated PRF is
   AES-XCBC-PRF-128 [AESXCBCPRF128] or AES-CMAC-PRF-128 [AESCMACPRF128],
   only the first 64 bits of Ni and the first 64 bits of Nr are used in
   calculating SKEYSEED, but all the bits are used for input to the prf+
   function.

   The two directions of traffic flow use different keys.  The keys used
   to protect messages from the original initiator are SK_ai and SK_ei.
   The keys used to protect messages in the other direction are SK_ar
   and SK_er.

2.15.  Authentication of the IKE SA

   When not using extensible authentication (see Section 2.16), the
   peers are authenticated by having each sign (or MAC using a padded
   shared secret as the key, as described later in this section) a block
   of data.  In these calculations, IDi' and IDr' are the entire ID
   payloads excluding the fixed header.  For the responder, the octets
   to be signed start with the first octet of the first SPI in the
   header of the second message (IKE_SA_INIT response) and end with the
   last octet of the last payload in the second message.  Appended to
   this (for purposes of computing the signature) are the initiator's
   nonce Ni (just the value, not the payload containing it), and the
   value prf(SK_pr, IDr').  Note that neither the nonce Ni nor the value
   prf(SK_pr, IDr') are transmitted.  Similarly, the initiator signs the
   first message (IKE_SA_INIT request), starting with the first octet of
   the first SPI in the header and ending with the last octet of the
   last payload.  Appended to this (for purposes of computing the
   signature) are the responder's nonce Nr, and the value prf(SK_pi,
   IDi').  It is critical to the security of the exchange that each side
   sign the other side's nonce.

   The initiator's signed octets can be described as:

   InitiatorSignedOctets = RealMessage1 | NonceRData | MACedIDForI
   GenIKEHDR = [ four octets 0 if using port 4500 ] | RealIKEHDR
   RealIKEHDR =  SPIi | SPIr |  . . . | Length
   RealMessage1 = RealIKEHDR | RestOfMessage1
   NonceRPayload = PayloadHeader | NonceRData
   InitiatorIDPayload = PayloadHeader | RestOfInitIDPayload
   RestOfInitIDPayload = IDType | RESERVED | InitIDData
   MACedIDForI = prf(SK_pi, RestOfInitIDPayload)

   The responder's signed octets can be described as:

   ResponderSignedOctets = RealMessage2 | NonceIData | MACedIDForR
   GenIKEHDR = [ four octets 0 if using port 4500 ] | RealIKEHDR
   RealIKEHDR =  SPIi | SPIr |  . . . | Length
   RealMessage2 = RealIKEHDR | RestOfMessage2
   NonceIPayload = PayloadHeader | NonceIData
   ResponderIDPayload = PayloadHeader | RestOfRespIDPayload
   RestOfRespIDPayload = IDType | RESERVED | RespIDData
   MACedIDForR = prf(SK_pr, RestOfRespIDPayload)

   Note that all of the payloads are included under the signature,
   including any payload types not defined in this document.  If the
   first message of the exchange is sent multiple times (such as with a
   responder cookie and/or a different Diffie-Hellman group), it is the
   latest version of the message that is signed.

   Optionally, messages 3 and 4 MAY include a certificate, or
   certificate chain providing evidence that the key used to compute a
   digital signature belongs to the name in the ID payload.  The
   signature or MAC will be computed using algorithms dictated by the
   type of key used by the signer, and specified by the Auth Method
   field in the Authentication payload.  There is no requirement that
   the initiator and responder sign with the same cryptographic
   algorithms.  The choice of cryptographic algorithms depends on the
   type of key each has.  In particular, the initiator may be using a
   shared key while the responder may have a public signature key and
   certificate.  It will commonly be the case (but it is not required)
   that if a shared secret is used for authentication that the same key
   is used in both directions.

   Note that it is a common but typically insecure practice to have a
   shared key derived solely from a user-chosen password without
   incorporating another source of randomness.  This is typically
   insecure because user-chosen passwords are unlikely to have
   sufficient unpredictability to resist dictionary attacks and these
   attacks are not prevented in this authentication method.
   (Applications using password-based authentication for bootstrapping
   and IKE SA should use the authentication method in Section 2.16,
   which is designed to prevent off-line dictionary attacks.)  The pre-
   shared key needs to contain as much unpredictability as the strongest
   key being negotiated.  In the case of a pre-shared key, the AUTH
   value is computed as:

   For the initiator:
      AUTH = prf( prf(Shared Secret, "Key Pad for IKEv2"),
                       <InitiatorSignedOctets>)
   For the responder:
      AUTH = prf( prf(Shared Secret, "Key Pad for IKEv2"),
                       <ResponderSignedOctets>)

   where the string "Key Pad for IKEv2" is 17 ASCII characters without
   null termination.  The shared secret can be variable length.  The pad
   string is added so that if the shared secret is derived from a
   password, the IKE implementation need not store the password in
   cleartext, but rather can store the value prf(Shared Secret,"Key Pad
   for IKEv2"), which could not be used as a password equivalent for
   protocols other than IKEv2.  As noted above, deriving the shared
   secret from a password is not secure.  This construction is used
   because it is anticipated that people will do it anyway.  The
   management interface by which the Shared Secret is provided MUST
   accept ASCII strings of at least 64 octets and MUST NOT add a null
   terminator before using them as shared secrets.  It MUST also accept
   a hex encoding of the Shared Secret.  The management interface MAY
   accept other encodings if the algorithm for translating the encoding
   to a binary string is specified.

   There are two types of EAP authentication (described in
   Section 2.16), and each type uses different values in the AUTH
   computations shown above.  If the EAP method is key-generating,
   substitute MSK for the Shared Secret in the computation.  For non-
   key-generating methods, substitute SK_pi and SK_pr, respectively, for
   the Shared Secret in the two AUTH computations.

2.16.  Extensible Authentication Protocol Methods

   In addition to authentication using public key signatures and shared
   secrets, IKE supports authentication using methods defined in RFC
   3748 [EAP].  Typically, these methods are asymmetric (designed for a
   user authenticating to a server), and they may not be mutual.  For
   this reason, these protocols are typically used to authenticate the
   initiator to the responder and MUST be used in conjunction with a
   public key signature based authentication of the responder to the
   initiator.  These methods are often associated with mechanisms
   referred to as "Legacy Authentication" mechanisms.

   While this document references [EAP] with the intent that new methods
   can be added in the future without updating this specification, some
   simpler variations are documented here.  [EAP] defines an
   authentication protocol requiring a variable number of messages.
   Extensible Authentication is implemented in IKE as additional
   IKE_AUTH exchanges that MUST be completed in order to initialize the
   IKE SA.

   An initiator indicates a desire to use extensible authentication by
   leaving out the AUTH payload from the first message in the IKE_AUTH
   exchange.  (Note that the AUTH payload is required for non-EAP
   authentication, and is thus not marked as optional in the rest of
   this document.)  By including an IDi payload but not an AUTH payload,
   the initiator has declared an identity but has not proven it.  If the
   responder is willing to use an extensible authentication method, it
   will place an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) payload in the
   response of the IKE_AUTH exchange and defer sending SAr2, TSi, and
   TSr until initiator authentication is complete in a subsequent
   IKE_AUTH exchange.  In the case of a minimal extensible
   authentication, the initial SA establishment will appear as follows:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SAi1, KEi, Ni  -->
                                <--  HDR, SAr1, KEr, Nr, [CERTREQ]
   HDR, SK {IDi, [CERTREQ,]
       [IDr,] SAi2,
       TSi, TSr}  -->
                                <--  HDR, SK {IDr, [CERT,] AUTH,
                                         EAP }
   HDR, SK {EAP}  -->
                                <--  HDR, SK {EAP (success)}
   HDR, SK {AUTH}  -->
                                <--  HDR, SK {AUTH, SAr2, TSi, TSr }

   As described in Section 2.2, when EAP is used, each pair of IKE SA
   initial setup messages will have their message numbers incremented;
   the first pair of AUTH messages will have an ID of 1, the second will
   be 2, and so on.

   For EAP methods that create a shared key as a side effect of
   authentication, that shared key MUST be used by both the initiator
   and responder to generate AUTH payloads in messages 7 and 8 using the
   syntax for shared secrets specified in Section 2.15.  The shared key
   from EAP is the field from the EAP specification named MSK.  This
   shared key generated during an IKE exchange MUST NOT be used for any
   other purpose.

   EAP methods that do not establish a shared key SHOULD NOT be used, as
   they are subject to a number of man-in-the-middle attacks [EAPMITM]
   if these EAP methods are used in other protocols that do not use a
   server-authenticated tunnel.  Please see the Security Considerations
   section for more details.  If EAP methods that do not generate a
   shared key are used, the AUTH payloads in messages 7 and 8 MUST be
   generated using SK_pi and SK_pr, respectively.

   The initiator of an IKE SA using EAP needs to be capable of extending
   the initial protocol exchange to at least ten IKE_AUTH exchanges in
   the event the responder sends notification messages and/or retries
   the authentication prompt.  Once the protocol exchange defined by the
   chosen EAP authentication method has successfully terminated, the
   responder MUST send an EAP payload containing the Success message.
   Similarly, if the authentication method has failed, the responder
   MUST send an EAP payload containing the Failure message.  The
   responder MAY at any time terminate the IKE exchange by sending an
   EAP payload containing the Failure message.

   Following such an extended exchange, the EAP AUTH payloads MUST be
   included in the two messages following the one containing the EAP
   Success message.

   When the initiator authentication uses EAP, it is possible that the
   contents of the IDi payload is used only for AAA routing purposes and
   selecting which EAP method to use.  This value may be different from
   the identity authenticated by the EAP method.  It is important that
   policy lookups and access control decisions use the actual
   authenticated identity.  Often the EAP server is implemented in a
   separate AAA server that communicates with the IKEv2 responder.  In
   this case, the authenticated identity, if different from that in the
   IDi payload, has to be sent from the AAA server to the IKEv2
   responder.

2.17.  Generating Keying Material for Child SAs

   A single Child SA is created by the IKE_AUTH exchange, and additional
   Child SAs can optionally be created in CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges.
   Keying material for them is generated as follows:

   KEYMAT = prf+(SK_d, Ni | Nr)

   Where Ni and Nr are the nonces from the IKE_SA_INIT exchange if this
   request is the first Child SA created or the fresh Ni and Nr from the
   CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange if this is a subsequent creation.

   For CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges including an optional Diffie-Hellman
   exchange, the keying material is defined as:

   KEYMAT = prf+(SK_d, g^ir (new) | Ni | Nr )

   where g^ir (new) is the shared secret from the ephemeral Diffie-
   Hellman exchange of this CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange (represented as an
   octet string in big endian order padded with zeros in the high-order
   bits if necessary to make it the length of the modulus).

   A single CHILD_SA negotiation may result in multiple security
   associations.  ESP and AH SAs exist in pairs (one in each direction),
   so two SAs are created in a single Child SA negotiation for them.
   Furthermore, Child SA negotiation may include some future IPsec
   protocol(s) in addition to, or instead of, ESP or AH (for example,
   ROHC_INTEG as described in [ROHCV2]).  In any case, keying material
   for each child SA MUST be taken from the expanded KEYMAT using the
   following rules:

   o  All keys for SAs carrying data from the initiator to the responder
      are taken before SAs going from the responder to the initiator.

   o  If multiple IPsec protocols are negotiated, keying material for
      each Child SA is taken in the order in which the protocol headers
      will appear in the encapsulated packet.

   o  If an IPsec protocol requires multiple keys, the order in which
      they are taken from the SA's keying material needs to be described
      in the protocol's specification.  For ESP and AH, [IPSECARCH]
      defines the order, namely: the encryption key (if any) MUST be
      taken from the first bits and the integrity key (if any) MUST be
      taken from the remaining bits.

   Each cryptographic algorithm takes a fixed number of bits of keying
   material specified as part of the algorithm, or negotiated in SA
   payloads (see Section 2.13 for description of key lengths, and
   Section 3.3.5 for the definition of the Key Length transform
   attribute).

2.18.  Rekeying IKE SAs Using a CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange

   The CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange can be used to rekey an existing IKE SA
   (see Section 1.3.2 and Section 2.8).  New initiator and responder
   SPIs are supplied in the SPI fields in the Proposal structures inside
   the Security Association (SA) payloads (not the SPI fields in the IKE
   header).  The TS payloads are omitted when rekeying an IKE SA.
   SKEYSEED for the new IKE SA is computed using SK_d from the existing
   IKE SA as follows:

   SKEYSEED = prf(SK_d (old), g^ir (new) | Ni | Nr)

   where g^ir (new) is the shared secret from the ephemeral Diffie-
   Hellman exchange of this CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange (represented as an
   octet string in big endian order padded with zeros if necessary to
   make it the length of the modulus) and Ni and Nr are the two nonces
   stripped of any headers.

   The old and new IKE SA may have selected a different PRF.  Because
   the rekeying exchange belongs to the old IKE SA, it is the old IKE
   SA's PRF that is used to generate SKEYSEED.

   The main reason for rekeying the IKE SA is to ensure that the
   compromise of old keying material does not provide information about
   the current keys, or vice versa.  Therefore, implementations MUST
   perform a new Diffie-Hellman exchange when rekeying the IKE SA.  In
   other words, an initiator MUST NOT propose the value "NONE" for the
   Diffie-Hellman transform, and a responder MUST NOT accept such a
   proposal.  This means that a successful exchange rekeying the IKE SA
   always includes the KEi/KEr payloads.

   The new IKE SA MUST reset its message counters to 0.

   SK_d, SK_ai, SK_ar, SK_ei, and SK_er are computed from SKEYSEED as
   specified in Section 2.14, using SPIi, SPIr, Ni, and Nr from the new
   exchange, and using the new IKE SA's PRF.

2.19.  Requesting an Internal Address on a Remote Network

   Most commonly occurring in the endpoint-to-security-gateway scenario,
   an endpoint may need an IP address in the network protected by the
   security gateway and may need to have that address dynamically
   assigned.  A request for such a temporary address can be included in
   any request to create a Child SA (including the implicit request in
   message 3) by including a CP payload.  Note, however, it is usual to
   only assign one IP address during the IKE_AUTH exchange.  That
   address persists at least until the deletion of the IKE SA.

   This function provides address allocation to an IPsec Remote Access
   Client (IRAC) trying to tunnel into a network protected by an IPsec
   Remote Access Server (IRAS).  Since the IKE_AUTH exchange creates an
   IKE SA and a Child SA, the IRAC MUST request the IRAS-controlled
   address (and optionally other information concerning the protected
   network) in the IKE_AUTH exchange.  The IRAS may procure an address
   for the IRAC from any number of sources such as a DHCP/BOOTP server
   or its own address pool.

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
    HDR, SK {IDi, [CERT,]
       [CERTREQ,] [IDr,] AUTH,
       CP(CFG_REQUEST), SAi2,
       TSi, TSr}  -->
                                <--  HDR, SK {IDr, [CERT,] AUTH,
                                         CP(CFG_REPLY), SAr2,
                                         TSi, TSr}

   In all cases, the CP payload MUST be inserted before the SA payload.
   In variations of the protocol where there are multiple IKE_AUTH
   exchanges, the CP payloads MUST be inserted in the messages
   containing the SA payloads.

   CP(CFG_REQUEST) MUST contain at least an INTERNAL_ADDRESS attribute
   (either IPv4 or IPv6) but MAY contain any number of additional
   attributes the initiator wants returned in the response.

   For example, message from initiator to responder:

   CP(CFG_REQUEST)=
     INTERNAL_ADDRESS()
   TSi = (0, 0-65535,0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535,0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255)

   NOTE: Traffic selectors contain (protocol, port range, address
   range).

   Message from responder to initiator:

   CP(CFG_REPLY)=
     INTERNAL_ADDRESS(192.0.2.202)
     INTERNAL_NETMASK(255.255.255.0)
     INTERNAL_SUBNET(192.0.2.0/255.255.255.0)
   TSi = (0, 0-65535,192.0.2.202-192.0.2.202)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535,192.0.2.0-192.0.2.255)

   All returned values will be implementation dependent.  As can be seen
   in the above example, the IRAS MAY also send other attributes that
   were not included in CP(CFG_REQUEST) and MAY ignore the non-
   mandatory attributes that it does not support.

   The responder MUST NOT send a CFG_REPLY without having first received
   a CP(CFG_REQUEST) from the initiator, because we do not want the IRAS
   to perform an unnecessary configuration lookup if the IRAC cannot
   process the REPLY.

   In the case where the IRAS's configuration requires that CP be used
   for a given identity IDi, but IRAC has failed to send a
   CP(CFG_REQUEST), IRAS MUST fail the request, and terminate the Child
   SA creation with a FAILED_CP_REQUIRED error.  The FAILED_CP_REQUIRED
   is not fatal to the IKE SA; it simply causes the Child SA creation to
   fail.  The initiator can fix this by later starting a new
   configuration payload request.  There is no associated data in the
   FAILED_CP_REQUIRED error.

2.20.  Requesting the Peer's Version

   An IKE peer wishing to inquire about the other peer's IKE software
   version information MAY use the method below.  This is an example of
   a configuration request within an INFORMATIONAL exchange, after the
   IKE SA and first Child SA have been created.

   An IKE implementation MAY decline to give out version information
   prior to authentication or even after authentication in case some
   implementation is known to have some security weakness.  In that
   case, it MUST either return an empty string or no CP payload if CP is
   not supported.

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK{CP(CFG_REQUEST)}  -->
                                <--  HDR, SK{CP(CFG_REPLY)}

   CP(CFG_REQUEST)=
     APPLICATION_VERSION("")

   CP(CFG_REPLY) APPLICATION_VERSION("foobar v1.3beta, (c) Foo Bar
     Inc.")

2.21.  Error Handling

   There are many kinds of errors that can occur during IKE processing.
   The general rule is that if a request is received that is badly
   formatted, or unacceptable for reasons of policy (such as no matching
   cryptographic algorithms), the response contains a Notify payload
   indicating the error.  The decision whether or not to send such a
   response depends whether or not there is an authenticated IKE SA.

   If there is an error parsing or processing a response packet, the
   general rule is to not send back any error message because responses
   should not generate new requests (and a new request would be the only
   way to send back an error message).  Such errors in parsing or
   processing response packets should still cause the recipient to clean
   up the IKE state (for example, by sending a DELETE for a bad SA).

   Only authentication failures (AUTHENTICATION_FAILED and EAP failure)
   and malformed messages (INVALID_SYNTAX) lead to a deletion of the IKE
   SA without requiring an explicit INFORMATIONAL exchange carrying a
   DELETE payload.  Other error conditions MAY require such an exchange
   if policy dictates that this is needed.  If the exchange is
   terminated with EAP Failure, an AUTHENTICATION_FAILED notification is
   not sent.

2.21.1.  Error Handling in IKE_SA_INIT

   Errors that occur before a cryptographically protected IKE SA is
   established need to be handled very carefully.  There is a trade-off
   between wanting to help the peer to diagnose a problem and thus
   responding to the error, and wanting to avoid being part of a DoS
   attack based on forged messages.

   In an IKE_SA_INIT exchange, any error notification causes the
   exchange to fail.  Note that some error notifications such as COOKIE,
   INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD or INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION may lead to a subsequent
   successful exchange.  Because all error notifications are completely
   unauthenticated, the recipient should continue trying for some time
   before giving up.  The recipient should not immediately act based on
   the error notification unless corrective actions are defined in this
   specification, such as for COOKIE, INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD, and
   INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION.

2.21.2.  Error Handling in IKE_AUTH

   All errors that occur in an IKE_AUTH exchange, causing the
   authentication to fail for whatever reason (invalid shared secret,
   invalid ID, untrusted certificate issuer, revoked or expired
   certificate, etc.)  SHOULD result in an AUTHENTICATION_FAILED
   notification.  If the error occurred on the responder, the
   notification is returned in the protected response, and is usually
   the only payload in that response.  Although the IKE_AUTH messages
   are encrypted and integrity protected, if the peer receiving this
   notification has not authenticated the other end yet, that peer needs
   to treat the information with caution.

   If the error occurs on the initiator, the notification MAY be
   returned in a separate INFORMATIONAL exchange, usually with no other
   payloads.  This is an exception for the general rule of not starting
   new exchanges based on errors in responses.

   Note, however, that request messages that contain an unsupported
   critical payload, or where the whole message is malformed (rather
   than just bad payload contents), MUST be rejected in their entirety,
   and MUST only lead to an UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL_PAYLOAD or
   INVALID_SYNTAX Notification sent as a response.  The receiver should
   not verify the payloads related to authentication in this case.

   If authentication has succeeded in the IKE_AUTH exchange, the IKE SA
   is established; however, establishing the Child SA or requesting
   configuration information may still fail.  This failure does not
   automatically cause the IKE SA to be deleted.  Specifically, a
   responder may include all the payloads associated with authentication
   (IDr, Cert and AUTH) while sending error notifications for the
   piggybacked exchanges (FAILED_CP_REQUIRED, NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN, and so
   on), and the initiator MUST NOT fail the authentication because of
   this.  The initiator MAY, of course, for reasons of policy later
   delete such an IKE SA.

   In an IKE_AUTH exchange, or in the INFORMATIONAL exchange immediately
   following it (in case an error happened when processing a response to
   IKE_AUTH), the UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL_PAYLOAD, INVALID_SYNTAX, and
   AUTHENTICATION_FAILED notifications are the only ones to cause the
   IKE SA to be deleted or not created, without a DELETE payload.
   Extension documents may define new error notifications with these
   semantics, but MUST NOT use them unless the peer has been shown to
   understand them, such as by using the Vendor ID payload.

2.21.3.  Error Handling after IKE SA is Authenticated

   After the IKE SA is authenticated all requests having errors MUST
   result in a response notifying about the error.

   In normal situations, there should not be cases where a valid
   response from one peer results in an error situation in the other
   peer, so there should not be any reason for a peer to send error
   messages to the other end except as a response.  Because sending such
   error messages as an INFORMATIONAL exchange might lead to further
   errors that could cause loops, such errors SHOULD NOT be sent.  If
   errors are seen that indicate that the peers do not have the same
   state, it might be good to delete the IKE SA to clean up state and
   start over.

   If a peer parsing a request notices that it is badly formatted (after
   it has passed the message authentication code checks and window
   checks) and it returns an INVALID_SYNTAX notification, then this
   error notification is considered fatal in both peers, meaning that
   the IKE SA is deleted without needing an explicit DELETE payload.

2.21.4.  Error Handling Outside IKE SA

   A node needs to limit the rate at which it will send messages in
   response to unprotected messages.

   If a node receives a message on UDP port 500 or 4500 outside the
   context of an IKE SA known to it (and the message is not a request to
   start an IKE SA), this may be the result of a recent crash of the
   node.  If the message is marked as a response, the node can audit the
   suspicious event but MUST NOT respond.  If the message is marked as a
   request, the node can audit the suspicious event and MAY send a
   response.  If a response is sent, the response MUST be sent to the IP
   address and port from where it came with the same IKE SPIs and the
   Message ID copied.  The response MUST NOT be cryptographically
   protected and MUST contain an INVALID_IKE_SPI Notify payload.  The
   INVALID_IKE_SPI notification indicates an IKE message was received
   with an unrecognized destination SPI; this usually indicates that the
   recipient has rebooted and forgotten the existence of an IKE SA.

   A peer receiving such an unprotected Notify payload MUST NOT respond
   and MUST NOT change the state of any existing SAs.  The message might
   be a forgery or might be a response that a genuine correspondent was
   tricked into sending.  A node should treat such a message (and also a
   network message like ICMP destination unreachable) as a hint that
   there might be problems with SAs to that IP address and should
   initiate a liveness check for any such IKE SA.  An implementation
   SHOULD limit the frequency of such tests to avoid being tricked into
   participating in a DoS attack.

   If an error occurs outside the context of an IKE request (e.g., the
   node is getting ESP messages on a nonexistent SPI), the node SHOULD
   initiate an INFORMATIONAL exchange with a Notify payload describing
   the problem.

   A node receiving a suspicious message from an IP address (and port,
   if NAT traversal is used) with which it has an IKE SA SHOULD send an
   IKE Notify payload in an IKE INFORMATIONAL exchange over that SA.
   The recipient MUST NOT change the state of any SAs as a result, but
   may wish to audit the event to aid in diagnosing malfunctions.

2.22.  IPComp

   Use of IP compression [IP-COMP] can be negotiated as part of the
   setup of a Child SA.  While IP compression involves an extra header
   in each packet and a compression parameter index (CPI), the virtual
   "compression association" has no life outside the ESP or AH SA that
   contains it.  Compression associations disappear when the
   corresponding ESP or AH SA goes away.  It is not explicitly mentioned
   in any DELETE payload.

   Negotiation of IP compression is separate from the negotiation of
   cryptographic parameters associated with a Child SA.  A node
   requesting a Child SA MAY advertise its support for one or more
   compression algorithms through one or more Notify payloads of type
   IPCOMP_SUPPORTED.  This Notify message may be included only in a
   message containing an SA payload negotiating a Child SA and indicates
   a willingness by its sender to use IPComp on this SA.  The response
   MAY indicate acceptance of a single compression algorithm with a
   Notify payload of type IPCOMP_SUPPORTED.  These payloads MUST NOT
   occur in messages that do not contain SA payloads.

   The data associated with this Notify message includes a two-octet
   IPComp CPI followed by a one-octet transform ID optionally followed
   by attributes whose length and format are defined by that transform
   ID.  A message proposing an SA may contain multiple IPCOMP_SUPPORTED
   notifications to indicate multiple supported algorithms.  A message
   accepting an SA may contain at most one.

   The transform IDs are listed here.  The values in the following table
   are only current as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other
   values may have been added since then or will be added after the
   publication of this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA]
   for the latest values.

   Name              Number   Defined In
   -------------------------------------
   IPCOMP_OUI        1
   IPCOMP_DEFLATE    2        RFC 2394
   IPCOMP_LZS        3        RFC 2395
   IPCOMP_LZJH       4        RFC 3051

   Although there has been discussion of allowing multiple compression
   algorithms to be accepted and to have different compression
   algorithms available for the two directions of a Child SA,
   implementations of this specification MUST NOT accept an IPComp
   algorithm that was not proposed, MUST NOT accept more than one, and
   MUST NOT compress using an algorithm other than one proposed and
   accepted in the setup of the Child SA.

   A side effect of separating the negotiation of IPComp from
   cryptographic parameters is that it is not possible to propose
   multiple cryptographic suites and propose IP compression with some of
   them but not others.

   In some cases, Robust Header Compression (ROHC) may be more
   appropriate than IP Compression.  [ROHCV2] defines the use of ROHC
   with IKEv2 and IPsec.

2.23.  NAT Traversal

   Network Address Translation (NAT) gateways are a controversial
   subject.  This section briefly describes what they are and how they
   are likely to act on IKE traffic.  Many people believe that NATs are
   evil and that we should not design our protocols so as to make them
   work better.  IKEv2 does specify some unintuitive processing rules in
   order that NATs are more likely to work.

   NATs exist primarily because of the shortage of IPv4 addresses,
   though there are other rationales.  IP nodes that are "behind" a NAT
   have IP addresses that are not globally unique, but rather are
   assigned from some space that is unique within the network behind the
   NAT but that are likely to be reused by nodes behind other NATs.
   Generally, nodes behind NATs can communicate with other nodes behind
   the same NAT and with nodes with globally unique addresses, but not
   with nodes behind other NATs.  There are exceptions to that rule.
   When those nodes make connections to nodes on the real Internet, the
   NAT gateway "translates" the IP source address to an address that
   will be routed back to the gateway.  Messages to the gateway from the
   Internet have their destination addresses "translated" to the
   internal address that will route the packet to the correct endnode.

   NATs are designed to be "transparent" to endnodes.  Neither software
   on the node behind the NAT nor the node on the Internet requires
   modification to communicate through the NAT.  Achieving this
   transparency is more difficult with some protocols than with others.
   Protocols that include IP addresses of the endpoints within the
   payloads of the packet will fail unless the NAT gateway understands
   the protocol and modifies the internal references as well as those in
   the headers.  Such knowledge is inherently unreliable, is a network
   layer violation, and often results in subtle problems.

   Opening an IPsec connection through a NAT introduces special
   problems.  If the connection runs in transport mode, changing the IP
   addresses on packets will cause the checksums to fail and the NAT
   cannot correct the checksums because they are cryptographically
   protected.  Even in tunnel mode, there are routing problems because
   transparently translating the addresses of AH and ESP packets
   requires special logic in the NAT and that logic is heuristic and
   unreliable in nature.  For that reason, IKEv2 will use UDP
   encapsulation of IKE and ESP packets.  This encoding is slightly less
   efficient but is easier for NATs to process.  In addition, firewalls
   may be configured to pass UDP-encapsulated IPsec traffic but not
   plain, unencapsulated ESP/AH or vice versa.

   It is a common practice of NATs to translate TCP and UDP port numbers
   as well as addresses and use the port numbers of inbound packets to
   decide which internal node should get a given packet.  For this
   reason, even though IKE packets MUST be sent from and to UDP port 500
   or 4500, they MUST be accepted coming from any port and responses
   MUST be sent to the port from whence they came.  This is because the
   ports may be modified as the packets pass through NATs.  Similarly,
   IP addresses of the IKE endpoints are generally not included in the
   IKE payloads because the payloads are cryptographically protected and
   could not be transparently modified by NATs.

   Port 4500 is reserved for UDP-encapsulated ESP and IKE.  An IPsec
   endpoint that discovers a NAT between it and its correspondent (as
   described below) MUST send all subsequent traffic from port 4500,
   which NATs should not treat specially (as they might with port 500).

   An initiator can use port 4500 for both IKE and ESP, regardless of
   whether or not there is a NAT, even at the beginning of IKE.  When
   either side is using port 4500, sending ESP with UDP encapsulation is
   not required, but understanding received UDP encapsulated ESP packets
   is required.  UDP encapsulation MUST NOT be done on port 500.  If
   NAT-T is supported (that is, if NAT_DETECTION_*_IP payloads were
   exchanged during IKE_SA_INIT), all devices MUST be able to receive
   and process both UDP encapsulated ESP and non-UDP encapsulated ESP
   packets at any time.  Either side can decide whether or not to use
   UDP encapsulation for ESP irrespective of the choice made by the
   other side.  However, if a NAT is detected, both devices MUST use UDP
   encapsulation for ESP.

   The specific requirements for supporting NAT traversal [NATREQ] are
   listed below.  Support for NAT traversal is optional.  In this
   section only, requirements listed as MUST apply only to
   implementations supporting NAT traversal.

   o  Both IKE initiator and responder MUST include in their IKE_SA_INIT
      packets Notify payloads of type NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP and
      NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP.  Those payloads can be used to
      detect if there is NAT between the hosts, and which end is behind
      the NAT.  The location of the payloads in the IKE_SA_INIT packets
      is just after the Ni and Nr payloads (before the optional CERTREQ
      payload).

   o  The data associated with the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP notification
      is a SHA-1 digest of the SPIs (in the order they appear in the
      header), IP address, and port from which this packet was sent.
      There MAY be multiple NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP payloads in a
      message if the sender does not know which of several network
      attachments will be used to send the packet.

   o  The data associated with the NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP
      notification is a SHA-1 digest of the SPIs (in the order they
      appear in the header), IP address, and port to which this packet
      was sent.

   o  The recipient of either the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP or
      NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP notification MAY compare the supplied
      value to a SHA-1 hash of the SPIs, source or recipient IP address
      (respectively), address, and port, and if they don't match it
      SHOULD enable NAT traversal.  In the case there is a mismatch of
      the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP hash with all of the
      NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP payloads received, the recipient MAY
      reject the connection attempt if NAT traversal is not supported.
      In the case of a mismatching NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP hash, it
      means that the system receiving the NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP
      payload is behind a NAT and that system SHOULD start sending
      keepalive packets as defined in [UDPENCAPS]; alternately, it MAY
      reject the connection attempt if NAT traversal is not supported.

   o  If none of the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP payload(s) received matches
      the expected value of the source IP and port found from the IP
      header of the packet containing the payload, it means that the
      system sending those payloads is behind NAT (i.e., someone along
      the route changed the source address of the original packet to
      match the address of the NAT box).  In this case, the system
      receiving the payloads should allow dynamic update of the other
      systems' IP address, as described later.

   o  The IKE initiator MUST check the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP or
      NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP payloads if present and if they do
      not match the addresses in the outer packet MUST tunnel all future
      IKE and ESP packets associated with this IKE SA over UDP port
      4500.

   o  To tunnel IKE packets over UDP port 4500, the IKE header has four
      octets of zero prepended and the result immediately follows the
      UDP header.  To tunnel ESP packets over UDP port 4500, the ESP
      header immediately follows the UDP header.  Since the first four
      octets of the ESP header contain the SPI, and the SPI cannot
      validly be zero, it is always possible to distinguish ESP and IKE
      messages.

   o  Implementations MUST process received UDP-encapsulated ESP packets
      even when no NAT was detected.

   o  The original source and destination IP address required for the
      transport mode TCP and UDP packet checksum fixup (see [UDPENCAPS])
      are obtained from the traffic selectors associated with the
      exchange.  In the case of transport mode NAT traversal, the
      traffic selectors MUST contain exactly one IP address, which is
      then used as the original IP address.  This is covered in greater
      detail in Section 2.23.1.

   o  There are cases where a NAT box decides to remove mappings that
      are still alive (for example, the keepalive interval is too long,
      or the NAT box is rebooted).  This will be apparent to a host if
      it receives a packet whose integrity protection validates, but has
      a different port, address, or both from the one that was
      associated with the SA in the validated packet.  When such a
      validated packet is found, a host that does not support other
      methods of recovery such as MOBIKE [MOBIKE], and that is not
      behind a NAT, SHOULD send all packets (including retransmission
      packets) to the IP address and port in the validated packet, and
      SHOULD store this as the new address and port combination for the
      SA (that is, they SHOULD dynamically update the address).  A host
      behind a NAT SHOULD NOT do this type of dynamic address update if
      a validated packet has different port and/or address values
      because it opens a possible DoS attack (such as allowing an
      attacker to break the connection with a single packet).  Also,
      dynamic address update should only be done in response to a new
      packet; otherwise, an attacker can revert the addresses with old
      replayed packets.  Because of this, dynamic update can only be
      done safely if replay protection is enabled.  When IKEv2 is used
      with MOBIKE, dynamically updating the addresses described above
      interferes with MOBIKE's way of recovering from the same
      situation.  See Section 3.8 of [MOBIKE] for more information.

2.23.1.  Transport Mode NAT Traversal

   Transport mode used with NAT Traversal requires special handling of
   the traffic selectors used in the IKEv2.  The complete scenario looks
   like:

   +------+        +------+            +------+         +------+
   |Client| IP1    | NAT  | IPN1  IPN2 | NAT  |     IP2 |Server|
   |node  |<------>|  A   |<---------->|  B   |<------->|      |
   +------+        +------+            +------+         +------+

   (Other scenarios are simplifications of this complex case, so this
   discussion uses the complete scenario.)

   In this scenario, there are two address translating NATs: NAT A and
   NAT B. NAT A is dynamic NAT that maps the clients source address IP1
   to IPN1.  NAT B is static NAT configured so that connections coming
   to IPN2 address are mapped to the gateways address IP2, that is, IPN2
   destination address is mapped to IP2.  This allows the client to
   connect to a server by connecting to the IPN2.  NAT B does not
   necessarily need to be a static NAT, but the client needs to know how
   to connect to the server, and it can only do that if it somehow knows
   the outer address of the NAT B, that is, the IPN2 address.  If NAT B
   is a static NAT, then its address can be configured to the client's
   configuration.  Other options would be find it using some other
   protocol (like DNS), but those are outside of scope of IKEv2.

   In this scenario, both client and server are configured to use
   transport mode for the traffic originating from the client node and
   destined to the server.

   When the client starts creating the IKEv2 SA and Child SA for sending
   traffic to the server, it may have a triggering packet with source IP
   address of IP1, and a destination IP address of IPN2.  Its PAD and
   SPD needs to have configuration matching those addresses (or wildcard
   entries covering them).  Because this is transport mode, it uses
   exactly same addresses as the traffic selectors and outer IP address
   of the IKE packets.  For transport mode, it MUST use exactly one IP
   address in the TSi and TSr payloads.  It can have multiple traffic
   selectors if it has, for example, multiple port ranges that it wants
   to negotiate, but all TSi entries must use IP1-IP1 range as the IP
   addresses, and all TSr entries must have the IPN2-IPN2 range as IP
   addresses.  The first traffic selector of TSi and TSr SHOULD have
   very specific traffic selectors including protocol and port numbers,
   such as from the packet triggering the request.

   NAT A will then replace the source address of the IKE packet from IP1
   to IPN1, and NAT B will replace the destination address of the IKE
   packet from IPN2 to IP2, so when the packet arrives to the server it
   will still have the exactly same traffic selectors which were sent by
   the client, but the IP address of the IKE packet has been replaced to
   IPN1 and IP2.

   When the server receives this packet, it normally looks in the Peer
   Authorization Database (PAD) described in RFC 4301 [IPSECARCH] based
   on the ID and then searches the SPD based on the traffic selectors.
   Because IP1 does not really mean anything to the server (it is the
   address client has behind the NAT), it is useless to do a lookup
   based on that if transport mode is used.  On the other hand, the
   server cannot know whether transport mode is allowed by its policy
   before it finds the matching SPD entry.

   In this case, the server should first check that the initiator
   requested transport mode, and then do address substitution on the
   traffic selectors.  It needs to first store the old traffic selector
   IP addresses to be used later for the incremental checksum fixup (the
   IP address in the TSi can be stored as the original source address
   and the IP address in the TSr can be stored as the original
   destination address).  After that, if the other end was detected as
   being behind a NAT, the server replaces the IP address in TSi
   payloads with the IP address obtained from the source address of the
   IKE packet received (that is, it replaces IP1 in TSi with IPN1).  If
   the server's end was detected to be behind NAT, it replaces the IP
   address in the TSr payloads with the IP address obtained from the
   destination address of the IKE packet received (that is, it replaces
   IPN2 in TSr with IP2).

   After this address substitution, both the traffic selectors and the
   IKE UDP source/destination addresses look the same, and the server
   does SPD lookup based on those new traffic selectors.  If an entry is
   found and it allows transport mode, then that entry is used.  If an
   entry is found but it does not allow transport mode, then the server
   MAY undo the address substitution and redo the SPD lookup using the
   original traffic selectors.  If the second lookup succeeds, the
   server will create an SA in tunnel mode using real traffic selectors
   sent by the other end.

   This address substitution in transport mode is needed because the SPD
   is looked up using the addresses that will be seen by the local host.
   This also will make sure the SAD entries for the tunnel exit checks
   and return packets is added using the addresses as seen by the local
   operating system stack.

   The most common case is that the server's SPD will contain wildcard
   entries matching any addresses, but this allows also making different
   SPD entries, for example, for different known NATs' outer addresses.

   After the SPD lookup, the server will do traffic selector narrowing
   based on the SPD entry it found.  It will again use the already-
   substituted traffic selectors, and it will thus send back traffic
   selectors having IPN1 and IP2 as their IP addresses; it can still
   narrow down the protocol number or port ranges used by the traffic
   selectors.  The SAD entry created for the Child SA will have the
   addresses as seen by the server, namely IPN1 and IP2.

   When the client receives the server's response to the Child SA, it
   will do similar processing.  If the transport mode SA was created,
   the client can store the original returned traffic selectors as
   original source and destination addresses.  It will replace the IP
   addresses in the traffic selectors with the ones from the IP header
   of the IKE packet: it will replace IPN1 with IP1 and IP2 with IPN2.
   Then it will use those traffic selectors when verifying the SA
   against sent traffic selectors, and when installing the SAD entry.

   A summary of the rules for NAT-traversal in transport mode is:

   For the client proposing transport mode:

   - The TSi entries MUST have exactly one IP address, and that MUST
     match the source address of the IKE SA.

   - The TSr entries MUST have exactly one IP address, and that MUST
     match the destination address of the IKE SA.

   - The first TSi and TSr traffic selectors SHOULD have very specific
     traffic selectors including protocol and port numbers, such as
     from the packet triggering the request.

   - There MAY be multiple TSi and TSr entries.

   - If transport mode for the SA was selected (that is, if the server
     included USE_TRANSPORT_MODE notification in its response):

     - Store the original traffic selectors as the received source and
       destination address.

     - If the server is behind a NAT, substitute the IP address in the
       TSr entries with the remote address of the IKE SA.

     - If the client is behind a NAT, substitute the IP address in the
       TSi entries with the local address of the IKE SA.

     - Do address substitution before using those traffic selectors
       for anything else other than storing original content of them.
       This includes verification that traffic selectors were narrowed
       correctly by other end, creation of the SAD entry, and so on.


   For the responder, when transport mode is proposed by client:

   - Store the original traffic selector IP addresses as received source
     and destination address, both in case we need to undo address
     substitution, and to use as the "real source and destination
     address" specified by [UDPENCAPS], and for TCP/UDP checksum fixup.

   - If the client is behind a NAT, substitute the IP address in the
     TSi entries with the remote address of the IKE SA.

   - If the server is behind a NAT substitute the IP address in the
     TSr entries with the local address of the IKE SA.

   - Do PAD and SPD lookup using the ID and substituted traffic
     selectors.

   - If no SPD entry was found, or if found SPD entry does not
     allow transport mode, undo the traffic selector substitutions.
     Do PAD and SPD lookup again using the ID and original traffic
     selectors, but also searching for tunnel mode SPD entry (that
     is, fall back to tunnel mode).

   - However, if a transport mode SPD entry was found, do normal
     traffic selection narrowing based on the substituted traffic
     selectors and SPD entry. Use the resulting traffic selectors when
     creating SAD entries, and when sending traffic selectors back to
     the client.

2.24.  Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN)

   When IPsec tunnels behave as originally specified in [IPSECARCH-OLD],
   ECN usage is not appropriate for the outer IP headers because tunnel
   decapsulation processing discards ECN congestion indications to the
   detriment of the network.  ECN support for IPsec tunnels for IKEv1-
   based IPsec requires multiple operating modes and negotiation (see
   [ECN]).  IKEv2 simplifies this situation by requiring that ECN be
   usable in the outer IP headers of all tunnel-mode Child SAs created
   by IKEv2.  Specifically, tunnel encapsulators and decapsulators for
   all tunnel-mode SAs created by IKEv2 MUST support the ECN full-
   functionality option for tunnels specified in [ECN] and MUST
   implement the tunnel encapsulation and decapsulation processing
   specified in [IPSECARCH] to prevent discarding of ECN congestion
   indications.

2.25.  Exchange Collisions

   Because IKEv2 exchanges can be initiated by either peer, it is
   possible that two exchanges affecting the same SA partly overlap.
   This can lead to a situation where the SA state information is
   temporarily not synchronized, and a peer can receive a request that
   it cannot process in a normal fashion.

   Obviously, using a window size greater than 1 leads to more complex
   situations, especially if requests are processed out of order.  This
   section concentrates on problems that can arise even with a window
   size of 1, and recommends solutions.

   A TEMPORARY_FAILURE notification SHOULD be sent when a peer receives
   a request that cannot be completed due to a temporary condition such
   as a rekeying operation.  When a peer receives a TEMPORARY_FAILURE
   notification, it MUST NOT immediately retry the operation; it MUST
   wait so that the sender may complete whatever operation caused the
   temporary condition.  The recipient MAY retry the request one or more
   times over a period of several minutes.  If a peer continues to
   receive TEMPORARY_FAILURE on the same IKE SA after several minutes,
   it SHOULD conclude that the state information is out-of-sync and
   close the IKE SA.

   A CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND notification SHOULD be sent when a peer receives
   a request to rekey a Child SA that does not exist.  The SA that the
   initiator attempted to rekey is indicated by the SPI field in the
   Notify Payload, which is copied from the SPI field in the REKEY_SA
   notification.  A peer that receives a CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND notification
   SHOULD silently delete the Child SA (if it still exists) and send a
   request to create a new Child SA from scratch (if the Child SA does
   not yet exist).

2.25.1.  Collisions While Rekeying or Closing Child SAs

   If a peer receives a request to rekey a Child SA that it is currently
   trying to close, it SHOULD reply with TEMPORARY_FAILURE.  If a peer
   receives a request to rekey a Child SA that it is currently rekeying,
   it SHOULD reply as usual, and SHOULD prepare to close redundant SAs
   later based on the nonces (see Section 2.8.1).  If a peer receives a
   request to rekey a Child SA that does not exist, it SHOULD reply with
   CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND.

   If a peer receives a request to close a Child SA that it is currently
   trying to close, it SHOULD reply without Delete payloads (see
   Section 1.4.1).  If a peer receives a request to close a Child SA
   that it is currently rekeying, it SHOULD reply as usual, with a
   Delete payload.  If a peer receives a request to close a Child SA
   that does not exist, it SHOULD reply without Delete payloads.

   If a peer receives a request to rekey the IKE SA, and it is currently
   creating, rekeying, or closing a Child SA of that IKE SA, it SHOULD
   reply with TEMPORARY_FAILURE.

2.25.2.  Collisions While Rekeying or Closing IKE SAs

   If a peer receives a request to rekey an IKE SA that it is currently
   rekeying, it SHOULD reply as usual, and SHOULD prepare to close
   redundant SAs and move inherited Child SAs later based on the nonces
   (see Section 2.8.2).  If a peer receives a request to rekey an IKE SA
   that it is currently trying to close, it SHOULD reply with
   TEMPORARY_FAILURE.

   If a peer receives a request to close an IKE SA that it is currently
   rekeying, it SHOULD reply as usual, and forget about its own rekeying
   request.  If a peer receives a request to close an IKE SA that it is
   currently trying to close, it SHOULD reply as usual, and forget about
   its own close request.

   If a peer receives a request to create or rekey a Child SA when it is
   currently rekeying the IKE SA, it SHOULD reply with
   TEMPORARY_FAILURE.  If a peer receives a request to delete a Child SA
   when it is currently rekeying the IKE SA, it SHOULD reply as usual,
   with a Delete payload.


3.  Header and Payload Formats

   In the tables in this section, some cryptographic primitives and
   configuration attributes are marked as "UNSPECIFIED".  These are
   items for which there are no known specifications and therefore
   interoperability is currently impossible.  A future specification may
   describe their use, but until such specification is made,
   implementations SHOULD NOT attempt to use items marked as
   "UNSPECIFIED" in implementations that are meant to be interoperable.

3.1.  The IKE Header

   IKE messages use UDP ports 500 and/or 4500, with one IKE message per
   UDP datagram.  Information from the beginning of the packet through
   the UDP header is largely ignored except that the IP addresses and
   UDP ports from the headers are reversed and used for return packets.
   When sent on UDP port 500, IKE messages begin immediately following
   the UDP header.  When sent on UDP port 4500, IKE messages have
   prepended four octets of zero.  These four octets of zero are not
   part of the IKE message and are not included in any of the length
   fields or checksums defined by IKE.  Each IKE message begins with the
   IKE header, denoted HDR in this document.  Following the header are
   one or more IKE payloads each identified by a "Next Payload" field in
   the preceding payload.  Payloads are identified in the order in which
   they appear in an IKE message by looking in the "Next Payload" field
   in the IKE header, and subsequently according to the "Next Payload"
   field in the IKE payload itself until a "Next Payload" field of zero
   indicates that no payloads follow.  If a payload of type "Encrypted"
   is found, that payload is decrypted and its contents parsed as
   additional payloads.  An Encrypted payload MUST be the last payload
   in a packet and an Encrypted payload MUST NOT contain another
   Encrypted payload.

   The responder's SPI in the header identifies an instance of an IKE
   security association.  It is therefore possible for a single instance
   of IKE to multiplex distinct sessions with multiple peers, including
   multiple sessions per peer.

   All multi-octet fields representing integers are laid out in big
   endian order (also known as "most significant byte first", or
   "network byte order").

   The format of the IKE header is shown in Figure 4.

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                       IKE SA Initiator's SPI                  |
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                       IKE SA Responder's SPI                  |
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |  Next Payload | MjVer | MnVer | Exchange Type |     Flags     |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                          Message ID                           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                            Length                             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                    Figure 4:  IKE Header Format

   o  Initiator's SPI (8 octets) - A value chosen by the initiator to
      identify a unique IKE security association.  This value MUST NOT
      be zero.

   o  Responder's SPI (8 octets) - A value chosen by the responder to
      identify a unique IKE security association.  This value MUST be
      zero in the first message of an IKE Initial Exchange (including
      repeats of that message including a cookie).

   o  Next Payload (1 octet) - Indicates the type of payload that
      immediately follows the header.  The format and value of each
      payload are defined below.

   o  Major Version (4 bits) - Indicates the major version of the IKE
      protocol in use.  Implementations based on this version of IKE
      MUST set the Major Version to 2.  Implementations based on
      previous versions of IKE and ISAKMP MUST set the Major Version to
      1.  Implementations based on this version of IKE MUST reject or
      ignore messages containing a version number greater than 2 with an
      INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION notification message as described in Section
      2.5.

   o  Minor Version (4 bits) - Indicates the minor version of the IKE
      protocol in use.  Implementations based on this version of IKE
      MUST set the Minor Version to 0.  They MUST ignore the minor
      version number of received messages.

   o  Exchange Type (1 octet) - Indicates the type of exchange being
      used.  This constrains the payloads sent in each message in an
      exchange.  The values in the following table are only current as
      of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been
      added since then or will be added after the publication of this
      document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest
      values.

      Exchange Type             Value
      ----------------------------------
      IKE_SA_INIT               34
      IKE_AUTH                  35
      CREATE_CHILD_SA           36
      INFORMATIONAL             37

   o  Flags (1 octet) - Indicates specific options that are set for the
      message.  Presence of options is indicated by the appropriate bit
      in the flags field being set.  The bits are as follows:

        +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
        |X|X|R|V|I|X|X|X|
        +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

      In the description below, a bit being 'set' means its value is
      '1', while 'cleared' means its value is '0'.  "X" bits MUST be
      cleared when sending and MUST be ignored on receipt.

      *  R (Response) - This bit indicates that this message is a
         response to a message containing the same message ID.  This bit
         MUST be cleared in all request messages and MUST be set in all
         responses.  An IKE endpoint MUST NOT generate a response to a
         message that is marked as being a response (with one exception;
         see Section 2.21.2).

      *  V (Version) - This bit indicates that the transmitter is
         capable of speaking a higher major version number of the
         protocol than the one indicated in the major version number
         field.  Implementations of IKEv2 MUST clear this bit when
         sending and MUST ignore it in incoming messages.

      *  I (Initiator) - This bit MUST be set in messages sent by the
         original initiator of the IKE SA and MUST be cleared in
         messages sent by the original responder.  It is used by the
         recipient to determine which eight octets of the SPI were
         generated by the recipient.  This bit changes to reflect who
         initiated the last rekey of the IKE SA.

   o  Message ID (4 octets, unsigned integer) - Message identifier used
      to control retransmission of lost packets and matching of requests
      and responses.  It is essential to the security of the protocol
      because it is used to prevent message replay attacks.  See
      Section 2.1 and Section 2.2.

   o  Length (4 octets, unsigned integer) - Length of total message
      (header + payloads) in octets.

3.2.  Generic Payload Header

   Each IKE payload defined in Section 3.3 through Section 3.16 begins
   with a generic payload header, shown in Figure 5.  Figures for each
   payload below will include the generic payload header, but for
   brevity the description of each field will be omitted.

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                      Figure 5:  Generic Payload Header

   The Generic Payload Header fields are defined as follows:

   o  Next Payload (1 octet) - Identifier for the payload type of the
      next payload in the message.  If the current payload is the last
      in the message, then this field will be 0.  This field provides a
      "chaining" capability whereby additional payloads can be added to
      a message by appending each one to the end of the message and
      setting the "Next Payload" field of the preceding payload to
      indicate the new payload's type.  An Encrypted payload, which must
      always be the last payload of a message, is an exception.  It
      contains data structures in the format of additional payloads.  In
      the header of an Encrypted payload, the Next Payload field is set
      to the payload type of the first contained payload (instead of 0);
      conversely, the Next Payload field of the last contained payload
      is set to zero).  The payload type values are listed here.  The
      values in the following table are only current as of the
      publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been added
      since then or will be added after the publication of this
      document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest
      values.

      Next Payload Type                Notation  Value
      --------------------------------------------------
      No Next Payload                             0
      Security Association             SA         33
      Key Exchange                     KE         34
      Identification - Initiator       IDi        35
      Identification - Responder       IDr        36
      Certificate                      CERT       37
      Certificate Request              CERTREQ    38
      Authentication                   AUTH       39
      Nonce                            Ni, Nr     40
      Notify                           N          41
      Delete                           D          42
      Vendor ID                        V          43
      Traffic Selector - Initiator     TSi        44
      Traffic Selector - Responder     TSr        45
      Encrypted and Authenticated      SK         46
      Configuration                    CP         47
      Extensible Authentication        EAP        48

      (Payload type values 1-32 should not be assigned in the
      future so that there is no overlap with the code assignments
      for IKEv1.)

   o  Critical (1 bit) - MUST be set to zero if the sender wants the
      recipient to skip this payload if it does not understand the
      payload type code in the Next Payload field of the previous
      payload.  MUST be set to one if the sender wants the recipient to
      reject this entire message if it does not understand the payload
      type.  MUST be ignored by the recipient if the recipient
      understands the payload type code.  MUST be set to zero for
      payload types defined in this document.  Note that the critical
      bit applies to the current payload rather than the "next" payload
      whose type code appears in the first octet.  The reasoning behind
      not setting the critical bit for payloads defined in this document
      is that all implementations MUST understand all payload types
      defined in this document and therefore must ignore the Critical
      bit's value.  Skipped payloads are expected to have valid Next
      Payload and Payload Length fields.  See Section 2.5 for more
      information on this bit.

   o  RESERVED (7 bits) - MUST be sent as zero; MUST be ignored on
      receipt.

   o  Payload Length (2 octets, unsigned integer) - Length in octets of
      the current payload, including the generic payload header.

   Many payloads contain fields marked as "RESERVED".  Some payloads in
   IKEv2 (and historically in IKEv1) are not aligned to 4-octet
   boundaries.

3.3.  Security Association Payload

   The Security Association Payload, denoted SA in this document, is
   used to negotiate attributes of a security association.  Assembly of
   Security Association Payloads requires great peace of mind.  An SA
   payload MAY contain multiple proposals.  If there is more than one,
   they MUST be ordered from most preferred to least preferred.  Each
   proposal contains a single IPsec protocol (where a protocol is IKE,
   ESP, or AH), each protocol MAY contain multiple transforms, and each
   transform MAY contain multiple attributes.  When parsing an SA, an
   implementation MUST check that the total Payload Length is consistent
   with the payload's internal lengths and counts.  Proposals,
   Transforms, and Attributes each have their own variable length
   encodings.  They are nested such that the Payload Length of an SA
   includes the combined contents of the SA, Proposal, Transform, and
   Attribute information.  The length of a Proposal includes the lengths
   of all Transforms and Attributes it contains.  The length of a
   Transform includes the lengths of all Attributes it contains.

   The syntax of Security Associations, Proposals, Transforms, and
   Attributes is based on ISAKMP; however the semantics are somewhat
   different.  The reason for the complexity and the hierarchy is to
   allow for multiple possible combinations of algorithms to be encoded
   in a single SA.  Sometimes there is a choice of multiple algorithms,
   whereas other times there is a combination of algorithms.  For
   example, an initiator might want to propose using ESP with either
   (3DES and HMAC_MD5) or (AES and HMAC_SHA1).

   One of the reasons the semantics of the SA payload has changed from
   ISAKMP and IKEv1 is to make the encodings more compact in common
   cases.

   The Proposal structure contains within it a Proposal Num and an IPsec
   protocol ID.  Each structure MUST have a proposal number one (1)
   greater than the previous structure.  The first Proposal in the
   initiator's SA payload MUST have a Proposal Num of one (1).  One
   reason to use multiple proposals is to propose both standard crypto
   ciphers and combined-mode ciphers.  Combined-mode ciphers include
   both integrity and encryption in a single encryption algorithm, and
   MUST either offer no integrity algorithm or a single integrity
   algorithm of "none", with no integrity algorithm being the
   RECOMMENDED method.  If an initiator wants to propose both combined-
   mode ciphers and normal ciphers, it must include two proposals: one
   will have all the combined-mode ciphers, and the other will have all
   the normal ciphers with the integrity algorithms.  For example, one
   such proposal would have two proposal structures.  Proposal 1 is ESP
   with AES-128, AES-192, and AES-256 bits in CBC mode, with either
   HMAC-SHA1-96 or XCBC-96 as the integrity algorithm; Proposal 2 is
   AES-128 or AES-256 in GCM mode with an 8-octet ICV.  Both proposals
   allow but do not require the use of ESN (extended sequence numbers).
   This can be illustrated as:

   SA Payload
      |
      +--- Proposal #1 ( Proto ID = ESP(3), SPI size = 4,
      |     |            7 transforms,      SPI = 0x052357bb )
      |     |
      |     +-- Transform ENCR ( Name = ENCR_AES_CBC )
      |     |     +-- Attribute ( Key Length = 128 )
      |     |
      |     +-- Transform ENCR ( Name = ENCR_AES_CBC )
      |     |     +-- Attribute ( Key Length = 192 )
      |     |
      |     +-- Transform ENCR ( Name = ENCR_AES_CBC )
      |     |     +-- Attribute ( Key Length = 256 )
      |     |
      |     +-- Transform INTEG ( Name = AUTH_HMAC_SHA1_96 )
      |     +-- Transform INTEG ( Name = AUTH_AES_XCBC_96 )
      |     +-- Transform ESN ( Name = ESNs )
      |     +-- Transform ESN ( Name = No ESNs )
      |
      +--- Proposal #2 ( Proto ID = ESP(3), SPI size = 4,
            |            4 transforms,      SPI = 0x35a1d6f2 )
            |
            +-- Transform ENCR ( Name = AES-GCM with a 8 octet ICV )
            |     +-- Attribute ( Key Length = 128 )
            |
            +-- Transform ENCR ( Name = AES-GCM with a 8 octet ICV )
            |     +-- Attribute ( Key Length = 256 )
            |
            +-- Transform ESN ( Name = ESNs )
            +-- Transform ESN ( Name = No ESNs )

   Each Proposal/Protocol structure is followed by one or more transform
   structures.  The number of different transforms is generally
   determined by the Protocol.  AH generally has two transforms:
   Extended Sequence Numbers (ESN) and an integrity check algorithm.
   ESP generally has three: ESN, an encryption algorithm and an
   integrity check algorithm.  IKE generally has four transforms: a
   Diffie-Hellman group, an integrity check algorithm, a PRF algorithm,
   and an encryption algorithm.  For each Protocol, the set of
   permissible transforms is assigned transform ID numbers, which appear
   in the header of each transform.

   If there are multiple transforms with the same Transform Type, the
   proposal is an OR of those transforms.  If there are multiple
   Transforms with different Transform Types, the proposal is an AND of
   the different groups.  For example, to propose ESP with (3DES or AES-
   CBC) and (HMAC_MD5 or HMAC_SHA), the ESP proposal would contain two
   Transform Type 1 candidates (one for 3DES and one for AEC-CBC) and
   two Transform Type 3 candidates (one for HMAC_MD5 and one for
   HMAC_SHA).  This effectively proposes four combinations of
   algorithms.  If the initiator wanted to propose only a subset of
   those, for example (3DES and HMAC_MD5) or (IDEA and HMAC_SHA), there
   is no way to encode that as multiple transforms within a single
   Proposal.  Instead, the initiator would have to construct two
   different Proposals, each with two transforms.

   A given transform MAY have one or more Attributes.  Attributes are
   necessary when the transform can be used in more than one way, as
   when an encryption algorithm has a variable key size.  The transform
   would specify the algorithm and the attribute would specify the key
   size.  Most transforms do not have attributes.  A transform MUST NOT
   have multiple attributes of the same type.  To propose alternate
   values for an attribute (for example, multiple key sizes for the AES
   encryption algorithm), an implementation MUST include multiple
   Transforms with the same Transform Type each with a single Attribute.

   Note that the semantics of Transforms and Attributes are quite
   different from those in IKEv1.  In IKEv1, a single Transform carried
   multiple algorithms for a protocol with one carried in the Transform
   and the others carried in the Attributes.

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                          <Proposals>                          ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 6:  Security Association Payload

   o  Proposals (variable) - One or more proposal substructures.

   The payload type for the Security Association Payload is thirty three
   (33).

3.3.1.  Proposal Substructure

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | 0 (last) or 2 |   RESERVED    |         Proposal Length       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Proposal Num  |  Protocol ID  |    SPI Size   |Num  Transforms|
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ~                        SPI (variable)                         ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                        <Transforms>                           ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 7:  Proposal Substructure

   o  0 (last) or 2 (more) (1 octet) - Specifies whether this is the
      last Proposal Substructure in the SA.  This syntax is inherited
      from ISAKMP, but is unnecessary because the last Proposal could be
      identified from the length of the SA.  The value (2) corresponds
      to a Payload Type of Proposal in IKEv1, and the first four octets
      of the Proposal structure are designed to look somewhat like the
      header of a Payload.

   o  RESERVED (1 octet) - MUST be sent as zero; MUST be ignored on
      receipt.

   o  Proposal Length (2 octets, unsigned integer) - Length of this
      proposal, including all transforms and attributes that follow.

   o  Proposal Num (1 octet) - When a proposal is made, the first
      proposal in an SA payload MUST be 1, and subsequent proposals MUST
      be one more than the previous proposal (indicating an OR of the
      two proposals).  When a proposal is accepted, the proposal number
      in the SA payload MUST match the number on the proposal sent that
      was accepted.

   o  Protocol ID (1 octet) - Specifies the IPsec protocol identifier
      for the current negotiation.  The values in the following table
      are only current as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other
      values may have been added since then or will be added after the
      publication of this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA]
      for the latest values.

      Protocol                Protocol ID
      -----------------------------------
      IKE                     1
      AH                      2
      ESP                     3

   o  SPI Size (1 octet) - For an initial IKE SA negotiation, this field
      MUST be zero; the SPI is obtained from the outer header.  During
      subsequent negotiations, it is equal to the size, in octets, of
      the SPI of the corresponding protocol (8 for IKE, 4 for ESP and
      AH).

   o  Num Transforms (1 octet) - Specifies the number of transforms in
      this proposal.

   o  SPI (variable) - The sending entity's SPI.  Even if the SPI Size
      is not a multiple of 4 octets, there is no padding applied to the
      payload.  When the SPI Size field is zero, this field is not
      present in the Security Association payload.

   o  Transforms (variable) - One or more transform substructures.

3.3.2.  Transform Substructure

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | 0 (last) or 3 |   RESERVED    |        Transform Length       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |Transform Type |   RESERVED    |          Transform ID         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                      Transform Attributes                     ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 8:  Transform Substructure

   o  0 (last) or 3 (more) (1 octet) - Specifies whether this is the
      last Transform Substructure in the Proposal.  This syntax is
      inherited from ISAKMP, but is unnecessary because the last
      transform could be identified from the length of the proposal.
      The value (3) corresponds to a Payload Type of Transform in IKEv1,
      and the first four octets of the Transform structure are designed
      to look somewhat like the header of a Payload.

   o  RESERVED - MUST be sent as zero; MUST be ignored on receipt.

   o  Transform Length - The length (in octets) of the Transform
      Substructure including Header and Attributes.

   o  Transform Type (1 octet) - The type of transform being specified
      in this transform.  Different protocols support different
      transform types.  For some protocols, some of the transforms may
      be optional.  If a transform is optional and the initiator wishes
      to propose that the transform be omitted, no transform of the
      given type is included in the proposal.  If the initiator wishes
      to make use of the transform optional to the responder, it
      includes a transform substructure with transform ID = 0 as one of
      the options.

   o  Transform ID (2 octets) - The specific instance of the transform
      type being proposed.

   The transform type values are listed below.  The values in the
   following table are only current as of the publication date of RFC
   4306.  Other values may have been added since then or will be added
   after the publication of this document.  Readers should refer to
   [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Description                     Trans.  Used In
                                   Type
   ------------------------------------------------------------------
   Encryption Algorithm (ENCR)     1       IKE and ESP
   Pseudo-random Function (PRF)    2       IKE
   Integrity Algorithm (INTEG)     3       IKE*, AH, optional in ESP
   Diffie-Hellman Group (D-H)      4       IKE, optional in AH & ESP
   Extended Sequence Numbers (ESN) 5       AH and ESP

   (*) Negotiating an integrity algorithm is mandatory for the
   Encrypted payload format specified in this document. For example,
   [AEAD] specifies additional formats based on authenticated
   encryption, in which a separate integrity algorithm is not
   negotiated.

   For Transform Type 1 (Encryption Algorithm), the Transform IDs are
   listed below.  The values in the following table are only current as
   of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been
   added since then or will be added after the publication of this
   document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Name                 Number      Defined In
   ---------------------------------------------------
   ENCR_DES_IV64        1           (UNSPECIFIED)
   ENCR_DES             2           (RFC2405), [DES]
   ENCR_3DES            3           (RFC2451)
   ENCR_RC5             4           (RFC2451)
   ENCR_IDEA            5           (RFC2451), [IDEA]
   ENCR_CAST            6           (RFC2451)
   ENCR_BLOWFISH        7           (RFC2451)
   ENCR_3IDEA           8           (UNSPECIFIED)
   ENCR_DES_IV32        9           (UNSPECIFIED)
   ENCR_NULL            11          (RFC2410)
   ENCR_AES_CBC         12          (RFC3602)
   ENCR_AES_CTR         13          (RFC3686)

   For Transform Type 2 (Pseudo-random Function), the Transform IDs are
   listed below.  The values in the following table are only current as
   of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been
   added since then or will be added after the publication of this
   document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Name                        Number    Defined In
   ------------------------------------------------------
   PRF_HMAC_MD5                1         (RFC2104), [MD5]
   PRF_HMAC_SHA1               2         (RFC2104), [SHA]
   PRF_HMAC_TIGER              3         (UNSPECIFIED)

   For Transform Type 3 (Integrity Algorithm), defined Transform IDs are
   listed below.  The values in the following table are only current as
   of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been
   added since then or will be added after the publication of this
   document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Name                 Number   Defined In
   ----------------------------------------
   NONE                 0
   AUTH_HMAC_MD5_96     1        (RFC2403)
   AUTH_HMAC_SHA1_96    2        (RFC2404)
   AUTH_DES_MAC         3        (UNSPECIFIED)
   AUTH_KPDK_MD5        4        (UNSPECIFIED)
   AUTH_AES_XCBC_96     5        (RFC3566)

   For Transform Type 4 (Diffie-Hellman Group), defined Transform IDs
   are listed below.  The values in the following table are only current
   as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been
   added since then or will be added after the publication of this
   document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Name               Number     Defined in
   ----------------------------------------
   NONE               0
   768 Bit MODP       1          Appendix B
   1024 Bit MODP      2          Appendix B
   1536-bit MODP      5          [ADDGROUP]
   2048-bit MODP      14         [ADDGROUP]
   3072-bit MODP      15         [ADDGROUP]
   4096-bit MODP      16         [ADDGROUP]
   6144-bit MODP      17         [ADDGROUP]
   8192-bit MODP      18         [ADDGROUP]

   Although ESP and AH do not directly include a Diffie-Hellman
   exchange, a Diffie-Hellman group MAY be negotiated for the Child SA.
   This allows the peers to employ Diffie-Hellman in the CREATE_CHILD_SA
   exchange, providing perfect forward secrecy for the generated Child
   SA keys.

   For Transform Type 5 (Extended Sequence Numbers), defined Transform
   IDs are listed below.  The values in the following table are only
   current as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may
   have been added since then or will be added after the publication of
   this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest
   values.

   Name                               Number
   --------------------------------------------
   No Extended Sequence Numbers       0
   Extended Sequence Numbers          1

   Note that an initiator who supports ESNs will usually include two ESN
   transforms, with values "0" and "1", in its proposals.  A proposal
   containing a single ESN transform with value "1" means that using
   normal (non-extended) sequence numbers is not acceptable.

   Numerous additional transform types have been defined since the
   publication of RFC 4306.  Please refer to the IANA IKEv2 registry for
   details.

3.3.3.  Valid Transform Types by Protocol

   The number and type of transforms that accompany an SA payload are
   dependent on the protocol in the SA itself.  An SA payload proposing
   the establishment of an SA has the following mandatory and optional
   transform types.  A compliant implementation MUST understand all
   mandatory and optional types for each protocol it supports (though it
   need not accept proposals with unacceptable suites).  A proposal MAY
   omit the optional types if the only value for them it will accept is
   NONE.

   Protocol    Mandatory Types          Optional Types
   ---------------------------------------------------
   IKE         ENCR, PRF, INTEG*, D-H
   ESP         ENCR, ESN                INTEG, D-H
   AH          INTEG, ESN               D-H

   (*) Negotiating an integrity algorithm is mandatory for the
   Encrypted payload format specified in this document. For example,
   [AEAD] specifies additional formats based on authenticated
   encryption, in which a separate integrity algorithm is not
   negotiated.

3.3.4.  Mandatory Transform IDs

   The specification of suites that MUST and SHOULD be supported for
   interoperability has been removed from this document because they are
   likely to change more rapidly than this document evolves.  At the
   time of publication of this document, [RFC4307] specifies these
   suites, but note that it might be updated in the future, and other
   RFCs might specify different sets of suites.

   An important lesson learned from IKEv1 is that no system should only
   implement the mandatory algorithms and expect them to be the best
   choice for all customers.

   It is likely that IANA will add additional transforms in the future,
   and some users may want to use private suites, especially for IKE
   where implementations should be capable of supporting different
   parameters, up to certain size limits.  In support of this goal, all
   implementations of IKEv2 SHOULD include a management facility that
   allows specification (by a user or system administrator) of Diffie-
   Hellman parameters (the generator, modulus, and exponent lengths and
   values) for new Diffie-Hellman groups.  Implementations SHOULD
   provide a management interface through which these parameters and the
   associated transform IDs may be entered (by a user or system
   administrator), to enable negotiating such groups.

   All implementations of IKEv2 MUST include a management facility that
   enables a user or system administrator to specify the suites that are
   acceptable for use with IKE.  Upon receipt of a payload with a set of
   transform IDs, the implementation MUST compare the transmitted
   transform IDs against those locally configured via the management
   controls, to verify that the proposed suite is acceptable based on
   local policy.  The implementation MUST reject SA proposals that are
   not authorized by these IKE suite controls.  Note that cryptographic
   suites that MUST be implemented need not be configured as acceptable
   to local policy.

3.3.5.  Transform Attributes

   Each transform in a Security Association payload may include
   attributes that modify or complete the specification of the
   transform.  The set of valid attributes depends on the transform.
   Currently, only a single attribute type is defined: the Key Length
   attribute is used by certain encryption transforms with variable-
   length keys (see below for details).

   The attributes are type/value pairs and are defined below.
   Attributes can have a value with a fixed two-octet length or a
   variable-length value.  For the latter, the attribute is encoded as
   type/length/value.

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |A|       Attribute Type        |    AF=0  Attribute Length     |
   |F|                             |    AF=1  Attribute Value      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                   AF=0  Attribute Value                       |
   |                   AF=1  Not Transmitted                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                   Figure 9:  Data Attributes

   o  Attribute Format (AF) (1 bit) - Indicates whether the data
      attribute follows the Type/Length/Value (TLV) format or a
      shortened Type/Value (TV) format.  If the AF bit is zero (0), then
      the attribute uses TLV format; if the AF bit is one (1), the TV
      format (with two-byte value) is used.

   o  Attribute Type (15 bits) - Unique identifier for each type of
      attribute (see below).

   o  Attribute Value (variable length) - Value of the Attribute
      associated with the Attribute Type.  If the AF bit is a zero (0),
      this field has a variable length defined by the Attribute Length
      field.  If the AF bit is a one (1), the Attribute Value has a
      length of 2 octets.

   The only currently defined attribute type (Key Length) is fixed
   length; the variable-length encoding specification is included only
   for future extensions.  Attributes described as fixed length MUST NOT
   be encoded using the variable-length encoding unless that length
   exceeds two bytes.  Variable-length attributes MUST NOT be encoded as
   fixed-length even if their value can fit into two octets.  NOTE: This
   is a change from IKEv1, where increased flexibility may have
   simplified the composer of messages but certainly complicated the
   parser.

   The values in the following table are only current as of the
   publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values may have been added since
   then or will be added after the publication of this document.
   Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Attribute Type         Value         Attribute Format
   ------------------------------------------------------------
   Key Length (in bits)   14            TV

   Values 0-13 and 15-17 were used in a similar context in IKEv1, and
   should not be assigned except to matching values.

   The Key Length attribute specifies the key length in bits (MUST use
   network byte order) for certain transforms as follows:

   o  The Key Length attribute MUST NOT be used with transforms that use
      a fixed length key.  This includes, e.g., ENCR_DES, ENCR_IDEA, and
      all the Type 2 (Pseudo-random function) and Type 3 (Integrity
      Algorithm) transforms specified in this document.  It is
      recommended that future Type 2 or 3 transforms do not use this
      attribute.

   o  Some transforms specify that the Key Length attribute MUST be
      always included (omitting the attribute is not allowed, and
      proposals not containing it MUST be rejected).  This includes,
      e.g., ENCR_AES_CBC and ENCR_AES_CTR.

   o  Some transforms allow variable-length keys, but also specify a
      default key length if the attribute is not included.  These
      transforms include, e.g., ENCR_RC5 and ENCR_BLOWFISH.

   Implementation note: To further interoperability and to support
   upgrading endpoints independently, implementers of this protocol
   SHOULD accept values that they deem to supply greater security.  For
   instance, if a peer is configured to accept a variable-length cipher
   with a key length of X bits and is offered that cipher with a larger
   key length, the implementation SHOULD accept the offer if it supports
   use of the longer key.

   Support of this capability allows a responder to express a concept of
   "at least" a certain level of security -- "a key length of _at least_
   X bits for cipher Y".  However, as the attribute is always returned
   unchanged (see the next section), an initiator willing to accept
   multiple key lengths has to include multiple transforms with the same
   Transform Type, each with a different Key Length attribute.

3.3.6.  Attribute Negotiation

   During security association negotiation initiators present offers to
   responders.  Responders MUST select a single complete set of
   parameters from the offers (or reject all offers if none are
   acceptable).  If there are multiple proposals, the responder MUST
   choose a single proposal.  If the selected proposal has multiple
   Transforms with the same type, the responder MUST choose a single
   one.  Any attributes of a selected transform MUST be returned
   unmodified.  The initiator of an exchange MUST check that the
   accepted offer is consistent with one of its proposals, and if not
   MUST terminate the exchange.

   If the responder receives a proposal that contains a Transform Type
   it does not understand, or a proposal that is missing a mandatory
   Transform Type, it MUST consider this proposal unacceptable; however,
   other proposals in the same SA payload are processed as usual.
   Similarly, if the responder receives a transform that it does not
   understand, or one that contains a Transform Attribute it does not
   understand, it MUST consider this transform unacceptable; other
   transforms with the same Transform Type are processed as usual.  This
   allows new Transform Types and Transform Attributes to be defined in
   the future.

   Negotiating Diffie-Hellman groups presents some special challenges.
   SA offers include proposed attributes and a Diffie-Hellman public
   number (KE) in the same message.  If in the initial exchange the
   initiator offers to use one of several Diffie-Hellman groups, it
   SHOULD pick the one the responder is most likely to accept and
   include a KE corresponding to that group.  If the responder selects a
   proposal using a different Diffie-Hellman group (other than NONE),
   the responder will indicate the correct group in the response and the
   initiator SHOULD pick an element of that group for its KE value when
   retrying the first message.  It SHOULD, however, continue to propose
   its full supported set of groups in order to prevent a man-in-the-
   middle downgrade attack.  If one of the proposals offered is for the
   Diffie-Hellman group of NONE, and the responder selects that Diffie-
   Hellman group, then it MUST ignore the initiator's KE payload and
   omit the KE payload from the response.

3.4.  Key Exchange Payload

   The Key Exchange Payload, denoted KE in this document, is used to
   exchange Diffie-Hellman public numbers as part of a Diffie-Hellman
   key exchange.  The Key Exchange Payload consists of the IKE generic
   payload header followed by the Diffie-Hellman public value itself.

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   Diffie-Hellman Group Num    |           RESERVED            |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       Key Exchange Data                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

             Figure 10:  Key Exchange Payload Format

   A key exchange payload is constructed by copying one's Diffie-Hellman
   public value into the "Key Exchange Data" portion of the payload.
   The length of the Diffie-Hellman public value for MODP groups MUST be
   equal to the length of the prime modulus over which the
   exponentiation was performed, prepending zero bits to the value if
   necessary.

   The Diffie-Hellman Group Num identifies the Diffie-Hellman group in
   which the Key Exchange Data was computed (see Section 3.3.2).  This
   Diffie-Hellman Group Num MUST match a Diffie-Hellman Group specified
   in a proposal in the SA payload that is sent in the same message, and
   SHOULD match the Diffie-Hellman group in the first group in the first
   proposal, if such exists.  If none of the proposals in that SA
   payload specifies a Diffie-Hellman Group, the KE payload MUST NOT be
   present.  If the selected proposal uses a different Diffie-Hellman
   group (other than NONE), the message MUST be rejected with a Notify
   payload of type INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD.  See also Section 1.2 and
   Section 2.7.

   The payload type for the Key Exchange payload is thirty four (34).

3.5.  Identification Payloads

   The Identification Payloads, denoted IDi and IDr in this document,
   allow peers to assert an identity to one another.  This identity may
   be used for policy lookup, but does not necessarily have to match
   anything in the CERT payload; both fields may be used by an
   implementation to perform access control decisions.  When using the
   ID_IPV4_ADDR/ID_IPV6_ADDR identity types in IDi/IDr payloads, IKEv2
   does not require this address to match the address in the IP header
   of IKEv2 packets, or anything in the TSi/TSr payloads.  The contents
   of IDi/IDr is used purely to fetch the policy and authentication data
   related to the other party.

   NOTE: In IKEv1, two ID payloads were used in each direction to hold
   Traffic Selector (TS) information for data passing over the SA.  In
   IKEv2, this information is carried in TS payloads (see Section 3.13).

   The Peer Authorization Database (PAD) as described in RFC 4301
   [IPSECARCH] describes the use of the ID payload in IKEv2 and provides
   a formal model for the binding of identity to policy in addition to
   providing services that deal more specifically with the details of
   policy enforcement.  The PAD is intended to provide a link between
   the SPD and the IKE security association management.  See Section
   4.4.3 of RFC 4301 for more details.

   The Identification Payload consists of the IKE generic payload header
   followed by identification fields as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   ID Type     |                 RESERVED                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                   Identification Data                         ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 11:  Identification Payload Format

   o  ID Type (1 octet) - Specifies the type of Identification being
      used.

   o  RESERVED - MUST be sent as zero; MUST be ignored on receipt.

   o  Identification Data (variable length) - Value, as indicated by the
      Identification Type.  The length of the Identification Data is
      computed from the size in the ID payload header.

   The payload types for the Identification Payload are thirty five (35)
   for IDi and thirty six (36) for IDr.

   The following table lists the assigned semantics for the
   Identification Type field.  The values in the following table are
   only current as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values
   may have been added since then or will be added after the publication
   of this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest
   values.

   ID Type                           Value
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   ID_IPV4_ADDR                        1
      A single four (4) octet IPv4 address.

   ID_FQDN                             2
      A fully-qualified domain name string.  An example of a ID_FQDN
      is, "example.com".  The string MUST NOT contain any terminators
      (e.g., NULL, CR, etc.). All characters in the ID_FQDN are ASCII;
      for an "internationalized domain name", the syntax is as defined
      in [IDNA], for example "xn--tmonesimerkki-bfbb.example.net".

   ID_RFC822_ADDR                      3
      A fully-qualified RFC822 email address string, An example of a
      ID_RFC822_ADDR is, "jsmith@example.com".  The string MUST NOT
      contain any terminators. Because of [EAI], implementations would
      be wise to treat this field as UTF-8 encoded text, not as
      pure ASCII.

   ID_IPV6_ADDR                        5
      A single sixteen (16) octet IPv6 address.

   ID_DER_ASN1_DN                      9
      The binary Distinguished Encoding Rules (DER) encoding of an
      ASN.1 X.500 Distinguished Name [PKIX].

   ID_DER_ASN1_GN                      10
      The binary DER encoding of an ASN.1 X.509 GeneralName [PKIX].

   ID_KEY_ID                           11
      An opaque octet stream which may be used to pass vendor-
      specific information necessary to do certain proprietary
      types of identification.

   Two implementations will interoperate only if each can generate a
   type of ID acceptable to the other.  To assure maximum
   interoperability, implementations MUST be configurable to send at
   least one of ID_IPV4_ADDR, ID_FQDN, ID_RFC822_ADDR, or ID_KEY_ID, and
   MUST be configurable to accept all of these four types.
   Implementations SHOULD be capable of generating and accepting all of
   these types.  IPv6-capable implementations MUST additionally be
   configurable to accept ID_IPV6_ADDR.  IPv6-only implementations MAY
   be configurable to send only ID_IPV6_ADDR instead of ID_IPV4_ADDR for
   IP addresses.

   EAP [EAP] does not mandate the use of any particular type of
   identifier, but often EAP is used with Network Access Identifiers
   (NAIs) defined in [NAI].  Although NAIs look a bit like email
   addresses (e.g., "joe@example.com"), the syntax is not exactly the
   same as the syntax of email address in [MAILFORMAT].  For those NAIs
   that include the realm component, the ID_RFC822_ADDR identification
   type SHOULD be used.  Responder implementations should not attempt to
   verify that the contents actually conform to the exact syntax given
   in [MAILFORMAT], but instead should accept any reasonable-looking
   NAI.  For NAIs that do not include the realm component, the ID_KEY_ID
   identification type SHOULD be used.

3.6.  Certificate Payload

   The Certificate Payload, denoted CERT in this document, provides a
   means to transport certificates or other authentication-related
   information via IKE.  Certificate payloads SHOULD be included in an
   exchange if certificates are available to the sender.  The Hash and
   URL formats of the Certificate payloads should be used in case the
   peer has indicated an ability to retrieve this information from
   elsewhere using an HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED Notify payload.  Note
   that the term "Certificate Payload" is somewhat misleading, because
   not all authentication mechanisms use certificates and data other
   than certificates may be passed in this payload.

   The Certificate Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Cert Encoding |                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               |
   ~                       Certificate Data                        ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

             Figure 12:  Certificate Payload Format

   o  Certificate Encoding (1 octet) - This field indicates the type of
      certificate or certificate-related information contained in the
      Certificate Data field.  The values in the following table are
      only current as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values
      may have been added since then or will be added after the
      publication of this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA]
      for the latest values.

      Certificate Encoding                 Value
      ----------------------------------------------------
      PKCS #7 wrapped X.509 certificate    1   UNSPECIFIED
      PGP Certificate                      2   UNSPECIFIED
      DNS Signed Key                       3   UNSPECIFIED
      X.509 Certificate - Signature        4
      Kerberos Token                       6   UNSPECIFIED
      Certificate Revocation List (CRL)    7
      Authority Revocation List (ARL)      8   UNSPECIFIED
      SPKI Certificate                     9   UNSPECIFIED
      X.509 Certificate - Attribute        10  UNSPECIFIED
      Raw RSA Key                          11
      Hash and URL of X.509 certificate    12
      Hash and URL of X.509 bundle         13

   o  Certificate Data (variable length) - Actual encoding of
      certificate data.  The type of certificate is indicated by the
      Certificate Encoding field.

   The payload type for the Certificate Payload is thirty seven (37).

   Specific syntax for some of the certificate type codes above is not
   defined in this document.  The types whose syntax is defined in this
   document are:

   o  "X.509 Certificate - Signature" contains a DER encoded X.509
      certificate whose public key is used to validate the sender's AUTH
      payload.  Note that with this encoding, if a chain of certificates
      needs to be sent, multiple CERT payloads are used, only the first
      of which holds the public key used to validate the sender's AUTH
      payload.

   o  "Certificate Revocation List" contains a DER encoded X.509
      certificate revocation list.

   o  "Raw RSA Key" contains a PKCS #1 encoded RSA key, that is, a DER-
      encoded RSAPublicKey structure (see [RSA] and [PKCS1]).

   o  Hash and URL encodings allow IKE messages to remain short by
      replacing long data structures with a 20 octet SHA-1 hash (see
      [SHA]) of the replaced value followed by a variable-length URL
      that resolves to the DER encoded data structure itself.  This
      improves efficiency when the endpoints have certificate data
      cached and makes IKE less subject to DoS attacks that become
      easier to mount when IKE messages are large enough to require IP
      fragmentation [DOSUDPPROT].

   The "Hash and URL of a bundle" type uses the following ASN.1
   definition for the X.509 bundle:

   CertBundle
     { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6) internet(1)
       security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7) id-mod(0)
       id-mod-cert-bundle(34) }

   DEFINITIONS EXPLICIT TAGS ::=
   BEGIN

   IMPORTS
     Certificate, CertificateList
     FROM PKIX1Explicit88
        { iso(1) identified-organization(3) dod(6)
          internet(1) security(5) mechanisms(5) pkix(7)
          id-mod(0) id-pkix1-explicit(18) } ;

   CertificateOrCRL ::= CHOICE {
     cert [0] Certificate,
     crl  [1] CertificateList }

   CertificateBundle ::= SEQUENCE OF CertificateOrCRL

   END

   Implementations MUST be capable of being configured to send and
   accept up to four X.509 certificates in support of authentication,
   and also MUST be capable of being configured to send and accept the
   Hash and URL format (with HTTP URLs).  Implementations SHOULD be
   capable of being configured to send and accept Raw RSA keys.  If
   multiple certificates are sent, the first certificate MUST contain
   the public key used to sign the AUTH payload.  The other certificates
   may be sent in any order.

   Implementations MUST support the HTTP [HTTP] method for hash-and-URL
   lookup.  The behavior of other URL methods [URLS] is not currently
   specified, and such methods SHOULD NOT be used in the absence of a
   document specifying them.

3.7.  Certificate Request Payload

   The Certificate Request Payload, denoted CERTREQ in this document,
   provides a means to request preferred certificates via IKE and can
   appear in the IKE_INIT_SA response and/or the IKE_AUTH request.
   Certificate Request payloads MAY be included in an exchange when the
   sender needs to get the certificate of the receiver.

   The Certificate Request Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Cert Encoding |                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               |
   ~                    Certification Authority                    ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

         Figure 13:  Certificate Request Payload Format

   o  Certificate Encoding (1 octet) - Contains an encoding of the type
      or format of certificate requested.  Values are listed in
      Section 3.6.

   o  Certification Authority (variable length) - Contains an encoding
      of an acceptable certification authority for the type of
      certificate requested.

   The payload type for the Certificate Request Payload is thirty eight
   (38).

   The Certificate Encoding field has the same values as those defined
   in Section 3.6.  The Certification Authority field contains an
   indicator of trusted authorities for this certificate type.  The
   Certification Authority value is a concatenated list of SHA-1 hashes
   of the public keys of trusted Certification Authorities (CAs).  Each
   is encoded as the SHA-1 hash of the Subject Public Key Info element
   (see section 4.1.2.7 of [PKIX]) from each Trust Anchor certificate.
   The twenty-octet hashes are concatenated and included with no other
   formatting.

   The contents of the "Certification Authority" field are defined only
   for X.509 certificates, which are types 4, 12, and 13.  Other values
   SHOULD NOT be used until standards-track specifications that specify
   their use are published.

   Note that the term "Certificate Request" is somewhat misleading, in
   that values other than certificates are defined in a "Certificate"
   payload and requests for those values can be present in a Certificate
   Request Payload.  The syntax of the Certificate Request payload in
   such cases is not defined in this document.

   The Certificate Request Payload is processed by inspecting the "Cert
   Encoding" field to determine whether the processor has any
   certificates of this type.  If so, the "Certification Authority"
   field is inspected to determine if the processor has any certificates
   that can be validated up to one of the specified certification
   authorities.  This can be a chain of certificates.

   If an end-entity certificate exists that satisfies the criteria
   specified in the CERTREQ, a certificate or certificate chain SHOULD
   be sent back to the certificate requestor if the recipient of the
   CERTREQ:

   o  is configured to use certificate authentication,

   o  is allowed to send a CERT payload,

   o  has matching CA trust policy governing the current negotiation,
      and

   o  has at least one time-wise and usage appropriate end-entity
      certificate chaining to a CA provided in the CERTREQ.

   Certificate revocation checking must be considered during the
   chaining process used to select a certificate.  Note that even if two
   peers are configured to use two different CAs, cross-certification
   relationships should be supported by appropriate selection logic.

   The intent is not to prevent communication through the strict
   adherence of selection of a certificate based on CERTREQ, when an
   alternate certificate could be selected by the sender that would
   still enable the recipient to successfully validate and trust it
   through trust conveyed by cross-certification, CRLs, or other out-of-
   band configured means.  Thus, the processing of a CERTREQ should be
   seen as a suggestion for a certificate to select, not a mandated one.
   If no certificates exist, then the CERTREQ is ignored.  This is not
   an error condition of the protocol.  There may be cases where there
   is a preferred CA sent in the CERTREQ, but an alternate might be
   acceptable (perhaps after prompting a human operator).

   The HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED notification MAY be included in any
   message that can include a CERTREQ payload and indicates that the
   sender is capable of looking up certificates based on an HTTP-based
   URL (and hence presumably would prefer to receive certificate
   specifications in that format).

3.8.  Authentication Payload

   The Authentication Payload, denoted AUTH in this document, contains
   data used for authentication purposes.  The syntax of the
   Authentication data varies according to the Auth Method as specified
   below.

   The Authentication Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Auth Method   |                RESERVED                       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                      Authentication Data                      ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

              Figure 14:  Authentication Payload Format

   o  Auth Method (1 octet) - Specifies the method of authentication
      used.  The types of signatures are listed here.  The values in the
      following table are only current as of the publication date of RFC
      4306.  Other values may have been added since then or will be
      added after the publication of this document.  Readers should
      refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   Mechanism                              Value
   -----------------------------------------------------------------
   RSA Digital Signature                  1
      Computed as specified in Section 2.15 using an RSA private key
      with RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 signature scheme specified in [PKCS1]
      (implementors should note that IKEv1 used a different method for
      RSA signatures). To promote interoperability, implementations
      that support this type SHOULD support signatures that use SHA-1
      as the hash function and SHOULD use SHA-1 as the default hash
      function when generating signatures. Implementations can use the
      certificates received from a given peer as a hint for selecting a
      mutually-understood hash function for the AUTH payload signature.
      Note, however, that the hash algorithm used in the AUTH payload
      signature doesn't have to be the same as any hash algorithm(s)
      used in the certificate(s).

   Shared Key Message Integrity Code      2
      Computed as specified in Section 2.15 using the shared key
      associated with the identity in the ID payload and the negotiated
      PRF.

   DSS Digital Signature                  3
      Computed as specified in Section 2.15 using a DSS private key
      (see [DSS]) over a SHA-1 hash.

   o  Authentication Data (variable length) - see Section 2.15.

   The payload type for the Authentication Payload is thirty nine (39).

3.9.  Nonce Payload

   The Nonce Payload, denoted Ni and Nr in this document for the
   initiator's and responder's nonce respectively, contains random data
   used to guarantee liveness during an exchange and protect against
   replay attacks.

   The Nonce Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                            Nonce Data                         ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                Figure 15:  Nonce Payload Format

   o  Nonce Data (variable length) - Contains the random data generated
      by the transmitting entity.

   The payload type for the Nonce Payload is forty (40).

   The size of the Nonce Data MUST be between 16 and 256 octets
   inclusive.  Nonce values MUST NOT be reused.

3.10.  Notify Payload

   The Notify Payload, denoted N in this document, is used to transmit
   informational data, such as error conditions and state transitions,
   to an IKE peer.  A Notify Payload may appear in a response message
   (usually specifying why a request was rejected), in an INFORMATIONAL
   Exchange (to report an error not in an IKE request), or in any other
   message to indicate sender capabilities or to modify the meaning of
   the request.

   The Notify Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |  Protocol ID  |   SPI Size    |      Notify Message Type      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                Security Parameter Index (SPI)                 ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       Notification Data                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 16:  Notify Payload Format

   o  Protocol ID (1 octet) - If this notification concerns an existing
      SA whose SPI is given in the SPI field, this field indicates the
      type of that SA.  For notifications concerning Child SAs this
      field MUST contain either (2) to indicate AH or (3) to indicate
      ESP.  Of the notifications defined in this document, the SPI is
      included only with INVALID_SELECTORS and REKEY_SA.  If the SPI
      field is empty, this field MUST be sent as zero and MUST be
      ignored on receipt.

   o  SPI Size (1 octet) - Length in octets of the SPI as defined by the
      IPsec protocol ID or zero if no SPI is applicable.  For a
      notification concerning the IKE SA, the SPI Size MUST be zero and
      the field must be empty.

   o  Notify Message Type (2 octets) - Specifies the type of
      notification message.

   o  SPI (variable length) - Security Parameter Index.

   o  Notification Data (variable length) - Status or error data
      transmitted in addition to the Notify Message Type.  Values for
      this field are type specific (see below).

   The payload type for the Notify Payload is forty one (41).

3.10.1.  Notify Message Types

   Notification information can be error messages specifying why an SA
   could not be established.  It can also be status data that a process
   managing an SA database wishes to communicate with a peer process.
   The table below lists the Notification messages and their
   corresponding values.  The number of different error statuses was
   greatly reduced from IKEv1 both for simplification and to avoid
   giving configuration information to probers.

   Types in the range 0 - 16383 are intended for reporting errors.  An
   implementation receiving a Notify payload with one of these types
   that it does not recognize in a response MUST assume that the
   corresponding request has failed entirely.  Unrecognized error types
   in a request and status types in a request or response MUST be
   ignored, and they should be logged.

   Notify payloads with status types MAY be added to any message and
   MUST be ignored if not recognized.  They are intended to indicate
   capabilities, and as part of SA negotiation are used to negotiate
   non-cryptographic parameters.

   More information on error handling can be found in Section 2.21.

   The values in the following table are only current as of the
   publication date of RFC 4306, plus two error types added in this
   document.  Other values may have been added since then or will be
   added after the publication of this document.  Readers should refer
   to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   NOTIFY messages: error types              Value
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   UNSUPPORTED_CRITICAL_PAYLOAD              1
       See Section 2.5.

   INVALID_IKE_SPI                           4
       See Section 2.21.

   INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION                     5
       See Section 2.5.

   INVALID_SYNTAX                            7
       Indicates the IKE message that was received was invalid because
       some type, length, or value was out of range or because the
       request was rejected for policy reasons. To avoid a DoS
       attack using forged messages, this status may only be
       returned for and in an encrypted packet if the message ID and
       cryptographic checksum were valid. To avoid leaking information
       to someone probing a node, this status MUST be sent in response
       to any error not covered by one of the other status types.
       To aid debugging, more detailed error information should be
       written to a console or log.

   INVALID_MESSAGE_ID                        9
       See Section 2.3.

   INVALID_SPI                              11
       See Section 1.5.

   NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN                       14
       None of the proposed crypto suites was acceptable. This can be
       sent in any case where the offered proposals (including but not
       limited to SA payload values, USE_TRANSPORT_MODE notify,
       IPCOMP_SUPPORTED notify) are not acceptable for the responder.
       This can also be used as "generic" Child SA error when Child SA
       cannot be created for some other reason. See also Section 2.7.

   INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD                       17
       See Section 1.2 and 1.3.

   AUTHENTICATION_FAILED                    24
       Sent in the response to an IKE_AUTH message when for some reason
       the authentication failed. There is no associated data. See also
       Section 2.21.2.

   SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED                     34
       See Section 2.9.

   NO_ADDITIONAL_SAS                        35
       See Section 1.3.

   INTERNAL_ADDRESS_FAILURE                 36
       See Section 3.15.4.

   FAILED_CP_REQUIRED                       37
       See Section 2.19.

   TS_UNACCEPTABLE                          38
       See Section 2.9.

   INVALID_SELECTORS                        39
       MAY be sent in an IKE INFORMATIONAL exchange when a node receives
       an ESP or AH packet whose selectors do not match those of the SA
       on which it was delivered (and that caused the packet to be
       dropped). The Notification Data contains the start of the
       offending packet (as in ICMP messages) and the SPI field of the
       notification is set to match the SPI of the Child SA.

   TEMPORARY_FAILURE                        {TBA1}
       See section 2.25.

   CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND                       {TBA2}
       See section 2.25.



   NOTIFY messages: status types            Value
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   INITIAL_CONTACT                          16384
       See Section 2.4.

   SET_WINDOW_SIZE                          16385
       See Section 2.3.

   ADDITIONAL_TS_POSSIBLE                   16386
       See Section 2.9.

   IPCOMP_SUPPORTED                         16387
       See Section 2.22.

   NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP                  16388
       See Section 2.23.

   NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP             16389
       See Section 2.23.

   COOKIE                                   16390
       See Section 2.6.

   USE_TRANSPORT_MODE                       16391
       See Section 1.3.1.

   HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED               16392
       See Section 3.6.

   REKEY_SA                                 16393
       See Section 1.3.3.

   ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED            16394
       See Section 1.3.1.

   NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO                 16395
       See Section 1.3.1.

3.11.  Delete Payload

   The Delete Payload, denoted D in this document, contains a protocol
   specific security association identifier that the sender has removed
   from its security association database and is, therefore, no longer
   valid.  Figure 17 shows the format of the Delete Payload.  It is
   possible to send multiple SPIs in a Delete payload; however, each SPI
   MUST be for the same protocol.  Mixing of protocol identifiers MUST
   NOT be performed in the Delete payload.  It is permitted, however, to
   include multiple Delete payloads in a single INFORMATIONAL exchange
   where each Delete payload lists SPIs for a different protocol.

   Deletion of the IKE SA is indicated by a protocol ID of 1 (IKE) but
   no SPIs.  Deletion of a Child SA, such as ESP or AH, will contain the
   IPsec protocol ID of that protocol (2 for AH, 3 for ESP), and the SPI
   is the SPI the sending endpoint would expect in inbound ESP or AH
   packets.

   The Delete Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Protocol ID   |   SPI Size    |          Num of SPIs          |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~               Security Parameter Index(es) (SPI)              ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

               Figure 17:  Delete Payload Format

   o  Protocol ID (1 octet) - Must be 1 for an IKE SA, 2 for AH, or 3
      for ESP.

   o  SPI Size (1 octet) - Length in octets of the SPI as defined by the
      protocol ID.  It MUST be zero for IKE (SPI is in message header)
      or four for AH and ESP.

   o  Num of SPIs (2 octets, unsigned integer) - The number of SPIs
      contained in the Delete payload.  The size of each SPI is defined
      by the SPI Size field.

   o  Security Parameter Index(es) (variable length) - Identifies the
      specific security association(s) to delete.  The length of this
      field is determined by the SPI Size and Num of SPIs fields.

   The payload type for the Delete Payload is forty two (42).

3.12.  Vendor ID Payload

   The Vendor ID Payload, denoted V in this document, contains a vendor
   defined constant.  The constant is used by vendors to identify and
   recognize remote instances of their implementations.  This mechanism
   allows a vendor to experiment with new features while maintaining
   backward compatibility.

   A Vendor ID payload MAY announce that the sender is capable of
   accepting certain extensions to the protocol, or it MAY simply
   identify the implementation as an aid in debugging.  A Vendor ID
   payload MUST NOT change the interpretation of any information defined
   in this specification (i.e., the critical bit MUST be set to 0).
   Multiple Vendor ID payloads MAY be sent.  An implementation is not
   required to send any Vendor ID payload at all.

   A Vendor ID payload may be sent as part of any message.  Reception of
   a familiar Vendor ID payload allows an implementation to make use of
   private use numbers described throughout this document, such as
   private payloads, private exchanges, private notifications, etc.
   Unfamiliar Vendor IDs MUST be ignored.

   Writers of Internet-Drafts who wish to extend this protocol MUST
   define a Vendor ID payload to announce the ability to implement the
   extension in the Internet-Draft.  It is expected that Internet-Drafts
   that gain acceptance and are standardized will be given "magic
   numbers" out of the Future Use range by IANA, and the requirement to
   use a Vendor ID will go away.

   The Vendor ID Payload fields are defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                        Vendor ID (VID)                        ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

              Figure 18:  Vendor ID Payload Format

   o  Vendor ID (variable length) - It is the responsibility of the
      person choosing the Vendor ID to assure its uniqueness in spite of
      the absence of any central registry for IDs.  Good practice is to
      include a company name, a person name, or some such.  If you want
      to show off, you might include the latitude and longitude and time
      where you were when you chose the ID and some random input.  A
      message digest of a long unique string is preferable to the long
      unique string itself.

   The payload type for the Vendor ID Payload is forty three (43).

3.13.  Traffic Selector Payload

   The Traffic Selector Payload, denoted TS in this document, allows
   peers to identify packet flows for processing by IPsec security
   services.  The Traffic Selector Payload consists of the IKE generic
   payload header followed by individual traffic selectors as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Number of TSs |                 RESERVED                      |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       <Traffic Selectors>                     ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 19:  Traffic Selectors Payload Format

   o  Number of TSs (1 octet) - Number of traffic selectors being
      provided.

   o  RESERVED - This field MUST be sent as zero and MUST be ignored on
      receipt.

   o  Traffic Selectors (variable length) - One or more individual
      traffic selectors.

   The length of the Traffic Selector payload includes the TS header and
   all the traffic selectors.

   The payload type for the Traffic Selector payload is forty four (44)
   for addresses at the initiator's end of the SA and forty five (45)
   for addresses at the responder's end.

   There is no requirement that TSi and TSr contain the same number of
   individual traffic selectors.  Thus, they are interpreted as follows:
   a packet matches a given TSi/TSr if it matches at least one of the
   individual selectors in TSi, and at least one of the individual
   selectors in TSr.

   For instance, the following traffic selectors:

   TSi = ((17, 100, 198.51.100.66-198.51.100.66),
          (17, 200, 198.51.100.66-198.51.100.66))
   TSr = ((17, 300, 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255),
          (17, 400, 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255))

   would match UDP packets from 198.51.100.66 to anywhere, with any of
   the four combinations of source/destination ports (100,300),
   (100,400), (200,300), and (200, 400).

   Thus, some types of policies may require several Child SA pairs.  For
   instance, a policy matching only source/destination ports (100,300)
   and (200,400), but not the other two combinations, cannot be
   negotiated as a single Child SA pair.

3.13.1.  Traffic Selector

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   TS Type     |IP Protocol ID*|       Selector Length         |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |           Start Port*         |           End Port*           |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                         Starting Address*                     ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                         Ending Address*                       ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

               Figure 20: Traffic Selector

   *Note: All fields other than TS Type and Selector Length depend on
   the TS Type.  The fields shown are for TS Types 7 and 8, the only two
   values currently defined.

   o  TS Type (one octet) - Specifies the type of traffic selector.

   o  IP protocol ID (1 octet) - Value specifying an associated IP
      protocol ID (such as UDP, TCP, and ICMP).  A value of zero means
      that the protocol ID is not relevant to this traffic selector--
      the SA can carry all protocols.

   o  Selector Length - Specifies the length of this Traffic Selector
      substructure including the header.

   o  Start Port (2 octets, unsigned integer) - Value specifying the
      smallest port number allowed by this traffic selector.  For
      protocols for which port is undefined (including protocol 0), or
      if all ports are allowed, this field MUST be zero.  ICMP and
      ICMPv6 Type and Code values, as well as MIPv6 MH Type values, are
      represented in this field as specified in Section 4.4.1.1 of
      [IPSECARCH].  ICMP Type and Code values are treated as a single
      16-bit integer port number, with Type in the most significant
      eight bits and Code in the least significant eight bits.  MIPv6 MH
      Type values are treated as a single 16-bit integer port number,
      with Type in the most significant eight bits and the least
      significant eight bits set to zero.

   o  End Port (2 octets, unsigned integer) - Value specifying the
      largest port number allowed by this traffic selector.  For
      protocols for which port is undefined (including protocol 0), or
      if all ports are allowed, this field MUST be 65535.  ICMP and
      ICMPv6 Type and Code values, as well as MIPv6 MH Type values, are
      represented in this field as specified in Section 4.4.1.1 of
      [IPSECARCH].  ICMP Type and Code values are treated as a single
      16-bit integer port number, with Type in the most significant
      eight bits and Code in the least significant eight bits.  MIPv6 MH
      Type values are treated as a single 16-bit integer port number,
      with Type in the most significant eight bits and the least
      significant eight bits set to zero.

   o  Starting Address - The smallest address included in this Traffic
      Selector (length determined by TS type).

   o  Ending Address - The largest address included in this Traffic
      Selector (length determined by TS type).

   Systems that are complying with [IPSECARCH] that wish to indicate
   "ANY" ports MUST set the start port to 0 and the end port to 65535;
   note that according to [IPSECARCH], "ANY" includes "OPAQUE".  Systems
   working with [IPSECARCH] that wish to indicate "OPAQUE" ports, but
   not "ANY" ports, MUST set the start port to 65535 and the end port to
   0.

   The traffic selector types 7 and 8 can also refer to ICMP or ICMPv6
   type and code fields, as well as MH Type fields for the IPv6 mobility
   header [MIPV6].  Note, however, that neither ICMP nor MIPv6 packets
   have separate source and destination fields.  The method for
   specifying the traffic selectors for ICMP and MIPv6 is shown by
   example in Section 4.4.1.3 of [IPSECARCH].

   The following table lists values for the Traffic Selector Type field
   and the corresponding Address Selector Data.  The values in the
   following table are only current as of the publication date of RFC
   4306.  Other values may have been added since then or will be added
   after the publication of this document.  Readers should refer to
   [IKEV2IANA] for the latest values.

   TS Type                            Value
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   TS_IPV4_ADDR_RANGE                  7

       A range of IPv4 addresses, represented by two four-octet
       values. The first value is the beginning IPv4 address
       (inclusive) and the second value is the ending IPv4 address
       (inclusive). All addresses falling between the two specified
       addresses are considered to be within the list.

   TS_IPV6_ADDR_RANGE                  8

       A range of IPv6 addresses, represented by two sixteen-octet
       values. The first value is the beginning IPv6 address
       (inclusive) and the second value is the ending IPv6 address
       (inclusive). All addresses falling between the two specified
       addresses are considered to be within the list.

3.14.  Encrypted Payload

   The Encrypted Payload, denoted SK{...} in this document, contains
   other payloads in encrypted form.  The Encrypted Payload, if present
   in a message, MUST be the last payload in the message.  Often, it is
   the only payload in the message.  This payload is also called the
   "Encrypted and Authenticated" payload.

   The algorithms for encryption and integrity protection are negotiated
   during IKE SA setup, and the keys are computed as specified in
   Section 2.14 and Section 2.18.

   This document specifies the cryptographic processing of Encrypted
   payloads using a block cipher in CBC mode and an integrity check
   algorithm that computes a fixed-length checksum over a variable size
   message.  The design is modeled after the ESP algorithms described in
   RFCs 2104 [HMAC], 4303 [ESP], and 2451 [ESPCBC].  This document
   completely specifies the cryptographic processing of IKE data, but
   those documents should be consulted for design rationale.  Future
   documents may specify the processing of Encrypted payloads for other
   types of transforms, such as counter mode encryption and
   authenticated encryption algorithms.  Peers MUST NOT negotiate
   transforms for which no such specification exists.

   When an authenticated encryption algorithm is used to protect the IKE
   SA, the construction of the encrypted payload is different than what
   is described here.  See [AEAD] for more information on authenticated
   encryption algorithms and their use in ESP.

   The payload type for an Encrypted payload is forty six (46).  The
   Encrypted Payload consists of the IKE generic payload header followed
   by individual fields as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                     Initialization Vector                     |
   |         (length is block size for encryption algorithm)       |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ~                    Encrypted IKE Payloads                     ~
   +               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |               |             Padding (0-255 octets)            |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                               |  Pad Length   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   ~                    Integrity Checksum Data                    ~
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 21:  Encrypted Payload Format

   o  Next Payload - The payload type of the first embedded payload.
      Note that this is an exception in the standard header format,
      since the Encrypted payload is the last payload in the message and
      therefore the Next Payload field would normally be zero.  But
      because the content of this payload is embedded payloads and there
      was no natural place to put the type of the first one, that type
      is placed here.

   o  Payload Length - Includes the lengths of the header, IV, Encrypted
      IKE Payloads, Padding, Pad Length, and Integrity Checksum Data.

   o  Initialization Vector - For CBC mode ciphers, the length of the
      initialization vector (IV) is equal to the block length of the
      underlying encryption algorithm.  Senders MUST select a new
      unpredictable IV for every message; recipients MUST accept any
      value.  The reader is encouraged to consult [MODES] for advice on
      IV generation.  In particular, using the final ciphertext block of
      the previous message is not considered unpredictable.  For modes
      other than CBC, the IV format and processing is specified in the
      document specifying the encryption algorithm and mode.

   o  IKE Payloads are as specified earlier in this section.  This field
      is encrypted with the negotiated cipher.

   o  Padding MAY contain any value chosen by the sender, and MUST have
      a length that makes the combination of the Payloads, the Padding,
      and the Pad Length to be a multiple of the encryption block size.
      This field is encrypted with the negotiated cipher.

   o  Pad Length is the length of the Padding field.  The sender SHOULD
      set the Pad Length to the minimum value that makes the combination
      of the Payloads, the Padding, and the Pad Length a multiple of the
      block size, but the recipient MUST accept any length that results
      in proper alignment.  This field is encrypted with the negotiated
      cipher.

   o  Integrity Checksum Data is the cryptographic checksum of the
      entire message starting with the Fixed IKE Header through the Pad
      Length.  The checksum MUST be computed over the encrypted message.
      Its length is determined by the integrity algorithm negotiated.

3.15.  Configuration Payload

   The Configuration payload, denoted CP in this document, is used to
   exchange configuration information between IKE peers.  The exchange
   is for an IRAC to request an internal IP address from an IRAS and to
   exchange other information of the sort that one would acquire with
   Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) if the IRAC were directly
   connected to a LAN.

   The Configuration Payload is defined as follows:

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C| RESERVED    |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |   CFG Type    |                    RESERVED                   |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                   Configuration Attributes                    ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 22:  Configuration Payload Format

   The payload type for the Configuration Payload is forty seven (47).

   o  CFG Type (1 octet) - The type of exchange represented by the
      Configuration Attributes.  The values in the following table are
      only current as of the publication date of RFC 4306.  Other values
      may have been added since then or will be added after the
      publication of this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA]
      for the latest values.

      CFG Type           Value
      --------------------------
      CFG_REQUEST        1
      CFG_REPLY          2
      CFG_SET            3
      CFG_ACK            4

   o  RESERVED (3 octets) - MUST be sent as zero; MUST be ignored on
      receipt.

   o  Configuration Attributes (variable length) - These are type length
      value (TLV) structures specific to the Configuration Payload and
      are defined below.  There may be zero or more Configuration
      Attributes in this payload.

3.15.1.  Configuration Attributes

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |R|         Attribute Type      |            Length             |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                             Value                             ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

            Figure 23:  Configuration Attribute Format

   o  Reserved (1 bit) - This bit MUST be set to zero and MUST be
      ignored on receipt.

   o  Attribute Type (15 bits) - A unique identifier for each of the
      Configuration Attribute Types.

   o  Length (2 octets, unsigned integer) - Length in octets of Value.

   o  Value (0 or more octets) - The variable-length value of this
      Configuration Attribute.  The following lists the attribute types.

   The values in the following table are only current as of the
   publication date of RFC 4306 (except INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY and
   INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS which were removed by this document).  Other values
   may have been added since then or will be added after the publication
   of this document.  Readers should refer to [IKEV2IANA] for the latest
   values.

      Attribute Type           Value  Multi-Valued  Length
      ------------------------------------------------------------
      INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS     1      YES*          0 or 4 octets
      INTERNAL_IP4_NETMASK     2      NO            0 or 4 octets
      INTERNAL_IP4_DNS         3      YES           0 or 4 octets
      INTERNAL_IP4_NBNS        4      YES           0 or 4 octets
      INTERNAL_IP4_DHCP        6      YES           0 or 4 octets
      APPLICATION_VERSION      7      NO            0 or more
      INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS     8      YES*          0 or 17 octets
      INTERNAL_IP6_DNS         10     YES           0 or 16 octets
      INTERNAL_IP6_DHCP        12     YES           0 or 16 octets
      INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET      13     YES           0 or 8 octets
      SUPPORTED_ATTRIBUTES     14     NO            Multiple of 2
      INTERNAL_IP6_SUBNET      15     YES           17 octets

      * These attributes may be multi-valued on return only if
        multiple values were requested.

   o  INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS, INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS - An address on the
      internal network, sometimes called a red node address or private
      address and MAY be a private address on the Internet.  In a
      request message, the address specified is a requested address (or
      a zero-length address if no specific address is requested).  If a
      specific address is requested, it likely indicates that a previous
      connection existed with this address and the requestor would like
      to reuse that address.  With IPv6, a requestor MAY supply the low-
      order address octets it wants to use.  Multiple internal addresses
      MAY be requested by requesting multiple internal address
      attributes.  The responder MAY only send up to the number of
      addresses requested.  The INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS is made up of two
      fields: the first is a 16-octet IPv6 address, and the second is a
      one-octet prefix-length as defined in [ADDRIPV6].  The requested
      address is valid as long as this IKE SA (or its rekeyed
      successors) requesting the address is valid.  This is described in
      more detail in Section 3.15.3.

   o  INTERNAL_IP4_NETMASK - The internal network's netmask.  Only one
      netmask is allowed in the request and response messages (e.g.,
      255.255.255.0), and it MUST be used only with an
      INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS attribute.  INTERNAL_IP4_NETMASK in a
      CFG_REPLY means roughly the same thing as INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET
      containing the same information ("send traffic to these addresses
      through me"), but also implies a link boundary.  For instance, the
      client could use its own address and the netmask to calculate the
      broadcast address of the link.  An empty INTERNAL_IP4_NETMASK
      attribute can be included in a CFG_REQUEST to request this
      information (although the gateway can send the information even
      when not requested).  Non-empty values for this attribute in a
      CFG_REQUEST do not make sense and thus MUST NOT be included.

   o  INTERNAL_IP4_DNS, INTERNAL_IP6_DNS - Specifies an address of a DNS
      server within the network.  Multiple DNS servers MAY be requested.
      The responder MAY respond with zero or more DNS server attributes.

   o  INTERNAL_IP4_NBNS - Specifies an address of a NetBios Name Server
      (WINS) within the network.  Multiple NBNS servers MAY be
      requested.  The responder MAY respond with zero or more NBNS
      server attributes.

   o  INTERNAL_IP4_DHCP, INTERNAL_IP6_DHCP - Instructs the host to send
      any internal DHCP requests to the address contained within the
      attribute.  Multiple DHCP servers MAY be requested.  The responder
      MAY respond with zero or more DHCP server attributes.

   o  APPLICATION_VERSION - The version or application information of
      the IPsec host.  This is a string of printable ASCII characters
      that is NOT null terminated.

   o  INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET - The protected sub-networks that this edge-
      device protects.  This attribute is made up of two fields: the
      first being an IP address and the second being a netmask.
      Multiple sub-networks MAY be requested.  The responder MAY respond
      with zero or more sub-network attributes.  This is discussed in
      more detail in Section 3.15.2.

   o  SUPPORTED_ATTRIBUTES - When used within a Request, this attribute
      MUST be zero-length and specifies a query to the responder to
      reply back with all of the attributes that it supports.  The
      response contains an attribute that contains a set of attribute
      identifiers each in 2 octets.  The length divided by 2 (octets)
      would state the number of supported attributes contained in the
      response.

   o  INTERNAL_IP6_SUBNET - The protected sub-networks that this edge-
      device protects.  This attribute is made up of two fields: the
      first is a 16-octet IPv6 address, and the second is a one-octet
      prefix-length as defined in [ADDRIPV6].  Multiple sub-networks MAY
      be requested.  The responder MAY respond with zero or more sub-
      network attributes.  This is discussed in more detail in
      Section 3.15.2.

   Note that no recommendations are made in this document as to how an
   implementation actually figures out what information to send in a
   response.  That is, we do not recommend any specific method of an
   IRAS determining which DNS server should be returned to a requesting
   IRAC.

   The CFG_REQUEST and CFG_REPLY pair allows an IKE endpoint to request
   information from its peer.  If an attribute in the CFG_REQUEST
   Configuration Payload is not zero-length, it is taken as a suggestion
   for that attribute.  The CFG_REPLY Configuration Payload MAY return
   that value, or a new one.  It MAY also add new attributes and not
   include some requested ones.  Unrecognized or unsupported attributes
   MUST be ignored in both requests and responses.

   The CFG_SET and CFG_ACK pair allows an IKE endpoint to push
   configuration data to its peer.  In this case, the CFG_SET
   Configuration Payload contains attributes the initiator wants its
   peer to alter.  The responder MUST return a Configuration Payload if
   it accepted any of the configuration data and it MUST contain the
   attributes that the responder accepted with zero-length data.  Those
   attributes that it did not accept MUST NOT be in the CFG_ACK
   Configuration Payload.  If no attributes were accepted, the responder
   MUST return either an empty CFG_ACK payload or a response message
   without a CFG_ACK payload.  There are currently no defined uses for
   the CFG_SET/CFG_ACK exchange, though they may be used in connection
   with extensions based on Vendor IDs.  An implementation of this
   specification MAY ignore CFG_SET payloads.

3.15.2.  Meaning of INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET and INTERNAL_IP6_SUBNET

   INTERNAL_IP4/6_SUBNET attributes can indicate additional subnets,
   ones that need one or more separate SAs, that can be reached through
   the gateway that announces the attributes.  INTERNAL_IP4/6_SUBNET
   attributes may also express the gateway's policy about what traffic
   should be sent through the gateway; the client can choose whether
   other traffic (covered by TSr, but not in INTERNAL_IP4/6_SUBNET) is
   sent through the gateway or directly to the destination.  Thus,
   traffic to the addresses listed in the INTERNAL_IP4/6_SUBNET
   attributes should be sent through the gateway that announces the
   attributes.  If there are no existing Child SAs whose traffic
   selectors cover the address in question, new SAs need to be created.

   For instance, if there are two subnets, 198.51.100.0/26 and
   192.0.2.0/24, and the client's request contains the following:

   CP(CFG_REQUEST) =
     INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS()
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255)

   then a valid response could be the following (in which TSr and
   INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET contain the same information):

   CP(CFG_REPLY) =
     INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS(198.51.100.234)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(198.51.100.0/255.255.255.192)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(192.0.2.0/255.255.255.0)
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 198.51.100.234-198.51.100.234)
   TSr = ((0, 0-65535, 198.51.100.0-198.51.100.63),
          (0, 0-65535, 192.0.2.0-192.0.2.255))

   In these cases, the INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET does not really carry any
   useful information.

   A different possible response would have been this:

   CP(CFG_REPLY) =
     INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS(198.51.100.234)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(198.51.100.0/255.255.255.192)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(192.0.2.0/255.255.255.0)
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 198.51.100.234-198.51.100.234)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255)

   That response would mean that the client can send all its traffic
   through the gateway, but the gateway does not mind if the client
   sends traffic not included by INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET directly to the
   destination (without going through the gateway).

   A different situation arises if the gateway has a policy that
   requires the traffic for the two subnets to be carried in separate
   SAs.  Then a response like this would indicate to the client that if
   it wants access to the second subnet, it needs to create a separate
   SA:

   CP(CFG_REPLY) =
     INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS(198.51.100.234)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(198.51.100.0/255.255.255.192)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(192.0.2.0/255.255.255.0)
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 198.51.100.234-198.51.100.234)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, 198.51.100.0-198.51.100.63)

   INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET can also be useful if the client's TSr included
   only part of the address space.  For instance, if the client requests
   the following:

   CP(CFG_REQUEST) =
     INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS()
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, 192.0.2.155-192.0.2.155)

   then the gateway's response might be:

   CP(CFG_REPLY) =
     INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS(198.51.100.234)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(198.51.100.0/255.255.255.192)
     INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET(192.0.2.0/255.255.255.0)
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 198.51.100.234-198.51.100.234)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, 192.0.2.155-192.0.2.155)

   Because the meaning of INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET/INTERNAL_IP6_SUBNET in
   CFG_REQUESTs is unclear, they cannot be used reliably in
   CFG_REQUESTs.

3.15.3.  Configuration payloads for IPv6

   The configuration payloads for IPv6 are based on the corresponding
   IPv4 payloads, and do not fully follow the "normal IPv6 way of doing
   things".  In particular, IPv6 stateless autoconfiguration or router
   advertisement messages are not used; neither is neighbor discovery.
   Note that there is an additional document that discusses IPv6
   configuration in IKEv2, [IPV6CONFIG].  At the present time, it is an
   experimental document, but there is a hope that with more
   implementation experience, it will gain the same standards treatment
   as this document.

   A client can be assigned an IPv6 address using the
   INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS configuration payload.  A minimal exchange might
   look like this:

   CP(CFG_REQUEST) =
     INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS()
     INTERNAL_IP6_DNS()
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, :: - FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, :: - FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF)

   CP(CFG_REPLY) =
     INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS(2001:DB8:0:1:2:3:4:5/64)
     INTERNAL_IP6_DNS(2001:DB8:99:88:77:66:55:44)
   TSi = (0, 0-65535, 2001:DB8:0:1:2:3:4:5 - 2001:DB8:0:1:2:3:4:5)
   TSr = (0, 0-65535, :: - FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF)

   The client MAY send a non-empty INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS attribute in the
   CFG_REQUEST to request a specific address or interface identifier.
   The gateway first checks if the specified address is acceptable, and
   if it is, returns that one.  If the address was not acceptable, the
   gateway attempts to use the interface identifier with some other
   prefix; if even that fails, the gateway selects another interface
   identifier.

   The INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS attribute also contains a prefix length
   field.  When used in a CFG_REPLY, this corresponds to the
   INTERNAL_IP4_NETMASK attribute in the IPv4 case.

   Although this approach to configuring IPv6 addresses is reasonably
   simple, it has some limitations.  IPsec tunnels configured using
   IKEv2 are not fully-featured "interfaces" in the IPv6 addressing
   architecture sense [ADDRIPV6].  In particular, they do not
   necessarily have link-local addresses, and this may complicate the
   use of protocols that assume them, such as [MLDV2].

3.15.4.  Address Assignment Failures

   If the responder encounters an error while attempting to assign an IP
   address to the initiator during the processing of a Configuration
   Payload, it responds with an INTERNAL_ADDRESS_FAILURE notification.
   The IKE SA is still created even if the initial Child SA cannot be
   created because of this failure.  If this error is generated within
   an IKE_AUTH exchange, no Child SA will be created.  However, there
   are some more complex error cases.

   If the responder does not support configuration payloads at all, it
   can simply ignore all configuration payloads.  This type of
   implementation never sends INTERNAL_ADDRESS_FAILURE notifications.
   If the initiator requires the assignment of an IP address, it will
   treat a response without CFG_REPLY as an error.

   The initiator may request a particular type of address (IPv4 or IPv6)
   that the responder does not support, even though the responder
   supports configuration payloads.  In this case, the responder simply
   ignores the type of address it does not support and processes the
   rest of the request as usual.

   If the initiator requests multiple addresses of a type that the
   responder supports, and some (but not all) of the requests fail, the
   responder replies with the successful addresses only.  The responder
   sends INTERNAL_ADDRESS_FAILURE only if no addresses can be assigned.

   If the initiator does not receive the IP address(es) required by its
   policy, it MAY keep the IKE SA up and retry the configuration payload
   as separate INFORMATIONAL exchange after suitable timeout, or it MAY
   tear down the IKE SA by sending a DELETE payload inside a separate
   INFORMATIONAL exchange and later retry IKE SA from the beginning
   after some timeout.  Such a timeout should not be too short
   (especially if the IKE SA is started from the beginning) because
   these error situations may not be able to be fixed quickly; the
   timeout should likely be several minutes.  For example, an address
   shortage problem on the responder will probably only be fixed when
   more entries are returned to the address pool when other clients
   disconnect or when responder is reconfigured with larger address
   pool.

3.16.  Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) Payload

   The Extensible Authentication Protocol Payload, denoted EAP in this
   document, allows IKE SAs to be authenticated using the protocol
   defined in RFC 3748 [EAP] and subsequent extensions to that protocol.
   When using EAP, an appropriate EAP method needs to be selected.  Many
   of these methods have been defined, specifying the protocol's use
   with various authentication mechanisms.  EAP method types are listed
   in [EAP-IANA].  A short summary of the EAP format is included here
   for clarity.

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   | Next Payload  |C|  RESERVED   |         Payload Length        |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |                                                               |
   ~                       EAP Message                             ~
   |                                                               |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

                   Figure 24:  EAP Payload Format

   The payload type for an EAP Payload is forty eight (48).

                        1                   2                   3
    0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |     Code      | Identifier    |           Length              |
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
   |     Type      | Type_Data...
   +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-

                   Figure 25:  EAP Message Format

   o  Code (1 octet) indicates whether this message is a Request (1),
      Response (2), Success (3), or Failure (4).

   o  Identifier (1 octet) is used in PPP to distinguish replayed
      messages from repeated ones.  Since in IKE, EAP runs over a
      reliable protocol, it serves no function here.  In a response
      message, this octet MUST be set to match the identifier in the
      corresponding request.

   o  Length (2 octets, unsigned integer) is the length of the EAP
      message and MUST be four less than the Payload Length of the
      encapsulating payload.

   o  Type (1 octet) is present only if the Code field is Request (1) or
      Response (2).  For other codes, the EAP message length MUST be
      four octets and the Type and Type_Data fields MUST NOT be present.
      In a Request (1) message, Type indicates the data being requested.
      In a Response (2) message, Type MUST either be Nak or match the
      type of the data requested.  Note that since IKE passes an
      indication of initiator identity in the first message in the
      IKE_AUTH exchange, the responder SHOULD NOT send EAP Identity
      requests (type 1).  The initiator MAY, however, respond to such
      requests if it receives them.

   o  Type_Data (Variable Length) varies with the Type of Request and
      the associated Response.  For the documentation of the EAP
      methods, see [EAP].

   Note that since IKE passes an indication of initiator identity in the
   first message in the IKE_AUTH exchange, the responder should not send
   EAP Identity requests.  The initiator may, however, respond to such
   requests if it receives them.


4.  Conformance Requirements

   In order to assure that all implementations of IKEv2 can
   interoperate, there are "MUST support" requirements in addition to
   those listed elsewhere.  Of course, IKEv2 is a security protocol, and
   one of its major functions is to allow only authorized parties to
   successfully complete establishment of SAs.  So a particular
   implementation may be configured with any of a number of restrictions
   concerning algorithms and trusted authorities that will prevent
   universal interoperability.

   IKEv2 is designed to permit minimal implementations that can
   interoperate with all compliant implementations.  The following are
   features that can be omitted in a minimal implementation:

   o  Ability to negotiate SAs through a NAT and tunnel the resulting
      ESP SA over UDP.

   o  Ability to request (and respond to a request for) a temporary IP
      address on the remote end of a tunnel.

   o  Ability to support EAP-based authentication.

   o  Ability to support window sizes greater than one.

   o  Ability to establish multiple ESP or AH SAs within a single IKE
      SA.

   o  Ability to rekey SAs.

   To assure interoperability, all implementations MUST be capable of
   parsing all payload types (if only to skip over them) and to ignore
   payload types that it does not support unless the critical bit is set
   in the payload header.  If the critical bit is set in an unsupported
   payload header, all implementations MUST reject the messages
   containing those payloads.

   Every implementation MUST be capable of doing four-message
   IKE_SA_INIT and IKE_AUTH exchanges establishing two SAs (one for IKE,
   one for ESP or AH).  Implementations MAY be initiate-only or respond-
   only if appropriate for their platform.  Every implementation MUST be
   capable of responding to an INFORMATIONAL exchange, but a minimal
   implementation MAY respond to any request in the INFORMATIONAL
   exchange with an empty response (note that within the context of an
   IKE SA, an "empty" message consists of an IKE header followed by an
   Encrypted payload with no payloads contained in it).  A minimal
   implementation MAY support the CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange only in so
   far as to recognize requests and reject them with a Notify payload of
   type NO_ADDITIONAL_SAS.  A minimal implementation need not be able to
   initiate CREATE_CHILD_SA or INFORMATIONAL exchanges.  When an SA
   expires (based on locally configured values of either lifetime or
   octets passed), and implementation MAY either try to renew it with a
   CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange or it MAY delete (close) the old SA and
   create a new one.  If the responder rejects the CREATE_CHILD_SA
   request with a NO_ADDITIONAL_SAS notification, the implementation
   MUST be capable of instead deleting the old SA and creating a new
   one.

   Implementations are not required to support requesting temporary IP
   addresses or responding to such requests.  If an implementation does
   support issuing such requests and its policy requires using temporary
   IP addresses, it MUST include a CP payload in the first message in
   the IKE_AUTH exchange containing at least a field of type
   INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS or INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS.  All other fields are
   optional.  If an implementation supports responding to such requests,
   it MUST parse the CP payload of type CFG_REQUEST in the first message
   in the IKE_AUTH exchange and recognize a field of type
   INTERNAL_IP4_ADDRESS or INTERNAL_IP6_ADDRESS.  If it supports leasing
   an address of the appropriate type, it MUST return a CP payload of
   type CFG_REPLY containing an address of the requested type.  The
   responder may include any other related attributes.

   For an implementation to be called conforming to this specification,
   it MUST be possible to configure it to accept the following:

   o  PKIX Certificates containing and signed by RSA keys of size 1024
      or 2048 bits, where the ID passed is any of ID_KEY_ID, ID_FQDN,
      ID_RFC822_ADDR, or ID_DER_ASN1_DN.

   o  Shared key authentication where the ID passed is any of ID_KEY_ID,
      ID_FQDN, or ID_RFC822_ADDR.

   o  Authentication where the responder is authenticated using PKIX
      Certificates and the initiator is authenticated using shared key
      authentication.


5.  Security Considerations

   While this protocol is designed to minimize disclosure of
   configuration information to unauthenticated peers, some such
   disclosure is unavoidable.  One peer or the other must identify
   itself first and prove its identity first.  To avoid probing, the
   initiator of an exchange is required to identify itself first, and
   usually is required to authenticate itself first.  The initiator can,
   however, learn that the responder supports IKE and what cryptographic
   protocols it supports.  The responder (or someone impersonating the
   responder) can probe the initiator not only for its identity, but
   using CERTREQ payloads may be able to determine what certificates the
   initiator is willing to use.

   Use of EAP authentication changes the probing possibilities somewhat.
   When EAP authentication is used, the responder proves its identity
   before the initiator does, so an initiator that knew the name of a
   valid initiator could probe the responder for both its name and
   certificates.

   Repeated rekeying using CREATE_CHILD_SA without additional Diffie-
   Hellman exchanges leaves all SAs vulnerable to cryptanalysis of a
   single key.  Implementers should take note of this fact and set a
   limit on CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges between exponentiations.  This
   document does not prescribe such a limit.

   The strength of a key derived from a Diffie-Hellman exchange using
   any of the groups defined here depends on the inherent strength of
   the group, the size of the exponent used, and the entropy provided by
   the random number generator used.  Due to these inputs, it is
   difficult to determine the strength of a key for any of the defined
   groups.  Diffie-Hellman group number two, when used with a strong
   random number generator and an exponent no less than 200 bits, is
   common for use with 3DES.  Group five provides greater security than
   group two.  Group one is for historic purposes only and does not
   provide sufficient strength except for use with DES, which is also
   for historic use only.  Implementations should make note of these
   estimates when establishing policy and negotiating security
   parameters.

   Note that these limitations are on the Diffie-Hellman groups
   themselves.  There is nothing in IKE that prohibits using stronger
   groups nor is there anything that will dilute the strength obtained
   from stronger groups (limited by the strength of the other algorithms
   negotiated including the PRF).  In fact, the extensible framework of
   IKE encourages the definition of more groups; use of elliptic curve
   groups may greatly increase strength using much smaller numbers.

   It is assumed that all Diffie-Hellman exponents are erased from
   memory after use.

   The IKE_SA_INIT and IKE_AUTH exchanges happen before the initiator
   has been authenticated.  As a result, an implementation of this
   protocol needs to be completely robust when deployed on any insecure
   network.  Implementation vulnerabilities, particularly DoS attacks,
   can be exploited by unauthenticated peers.  This issue is
   particularly worrisome because of the unlimited number of messages in
   EAP-based authentication.

   The strength of all keys is limited by the size of the output of the
   negotiated PRF.  For this reason, a PRF whose output is less than 128
   bits (e.g., 3DES-CBC) MUST NOT be used with this protocol.

   The security of this protocol is critically dependent on the
   randomness of the randomly chosen parameters.  These should be
   generated by a strong random or properly seeded pseudo-random source
   (see [RANDOMNESS]).  Implementers should take care to ensure that use
   of random numbers for both keys and nonces is engineered in a fashion
   that does not undermine the security of the keys.

   For information on the rationale of many of the cryptographic design
   choices in this protocol, see [SIGMA] and [SKEME].  Though the
   security of negotiated Child SAs does not depend on the strength of
   the encryption and integrity protection negotiated in the IKE SA,
   implementations MUST NOT negotiate NONE as the IKE integrity
   protection algorithm or ENCR_NULL as the IKE encryption algorithm.

   When using pre-shared keys, a critical consideration is how to assure
   the randomness of these secrets.  The strongest practice is to ensure
   that any pre-shared key contain as much randomness as the strongest
   key being negotiated.  Deriving a shared secret from a password,
   name, or other low-entropy source is not secure.  These sources are
   subject to dictionary and social engineering attacks, among others.

   The NAT_DETECTION_*_IP notifications contain a hash of the addresses
   and ports in an attempt to hide internal IP addresses behind a NAT.
   Since the IPv4 address space is only 32 bits, and it is usually very
   sparse, it would be possible for an attacker to find out the internal
   address used behind the NAT box by trying all possible IP addresses
   and trying to find the matching hash.  The port numbers are normally
   fixed to 500, and the SPIs can be extracted from the packet.  This
   reduces the number of hash calculations to 2^32.  With an educated
   guess of the use of private address space, the number of hash
   calculations is much smaller.  Designers should therefore not assume
   that use of IKE will not leak internal address information.

   When using an EAP authentication method that does not generate a
   shared key for protecting a subsequent AUTH payload, certain man-in-
   the-middle and server impersonation attacks are possible [EAPMITM].
   These vulnerabilities occur when EAP is also used in protocols that
   are not protected with a secure tunnel.  Since EAP is a general-
   purpose authentication protocol, which is often used to provide
   single-signon facilities, a deployed IPsec solution that relies on an
   EAP authentication method that does not generate a shared key (also
   known as a non-key-generating EAP method) can become compromised due
   to the deployment of an entirely unrelated application that also
   happens to use the same non-key-generating EAP method, but in an
   unprotected fashion.  Note that this vulnerability is not limited to
   just EAP, but can occur in other scenarios where an authentication
   infrastructure is reused.  For example, if the EAP mechanism used by
   IKEv2 utilizes a token authenticator, a man-in-the-middle attacker
   could impersonate the web server, intercept the token authentication
   exchange, and use it to initiate an IKEv2 connection.  For this
   reason, use of non-key-generating EAP methods SHOULD be avoided where
   possible.  Where they are used, it is extremely important that all
   usages of these EAP methods SHOULD utilize a protected tunnel, where
   the initiator validates the responder's certificate before initiating
   the EAP authentication.  Implementers should describe the
   vulnerabilities of using non-key-generating EAP methods in the
   documentation of their implementations so that the administrators
   deploying IPsec solutions are aware of these dangers.

   An implementation using EAP MUST also use a public-key-based
   authentication of the server to the client before the EAP
   authentication begins, even if the EAP method offers mutual
   authentication.  This avoids having additional IKEv2 protocol
   variations and protects the EAP data from active attackers.

   If the messages of IKEv2 are long enough that IP-level fragmentation
   is necessary, it is possible that attackers could prevent the
   exchange from completing by exhausting the reassembly buffers.  The
   chances of this can be minimized by using the Hash and URL encodings
   instead of sending certificates (see Section 3.6).  Additional
   mitigations are discussed in [DOSUDPPROT].

   Admission control is critical to the security of the protocol.  For
   example, trust anchors used for identifying IKE peers should probably
   be different than those used for other forms of trust, such as those
   used to identify public web servers.  Moreover, although IKE provides
   a great deal of leeway in defining the security policy for a trusted
   peer's identity, credentials, and the correlation between them,
   having such security policy defined explicitly is essential to a
   secure implementation.

5.1.  Traffic selector authorization

   IKEv2 relies on information in the Peer Authorization Database (PAD)
   when determining what kind of Child SAs a peer is allowed to create.
   This process is described in [IPSECARCH] Section 4.4.3.  When a peer
   requests the creation of an Child SA with some traffic selectors, the
   PAD must contain "Child SA Authorization Data" linking the identity
   authenticated by IKEv2 and the addresses permitted for traffic
   selectors.

   For example, the PAD might be configured so that authenticated
   identity "sgw23.example.com" is allowed to create Child SAs for
   192.0.2.0/24, meaning this security gateway is a valid
   "representative" for these addresses.  Host-to-host IPsec requires
   similar entries, linking, for example, "fooserver4.example.com" with
   198.51.100.66/32, meaning this identity a valid "owner" or
   "representative" of the address in question.

   As noted in [IPSECARCH], "It is necessary to impose these constraints
   on creation of child SAs to prevent an authenticated peer from
   spoofing IDs associated with other, legitimate peers."  In the
   example given above, a correct configuration of the PAD prevents
   sgw23 from creating Child SAs with address 198.51.100.66, and
   prevents fooserver4 from creating Child SAs with addresses from
   192.0.2.0/24.

   It is important to note that simply sending IKEv2 packets using some
   particular address does not imply a permission to create Child SAs
   with that address in the traffic selectors.  For example, even if
   sgw23 would be able to spoof its IP address as 198.51.100.66, it
   could not create Child SAs matching fooserver4's traffic.

   The IKEv2 specification does not specify how exactly IP address
   assignment using configuration payloads interacts with the PAD.  Our
   interpretation is that when a security gateway assigns an address
   using configuration payloads, it also creates a temporary PAD entry
   linking the authenticated peer identity and the newly allocated inner
   address.

   It has been recognized that configuring the PAD correctly may be
   difficult in some environments.  For instance, if IPsec is used
   between a pair of hosts whose addresses are allocated dynamically
   using DHCP, it is extremely difficult to ensure that the PAD
   specifies the correct "owner" for each IP address.  This would
   require a mechanism to securely convey address assignments from the
   DHCP server, and link them to identities authenticated using IKEv2.

   Due to this limitation, some vendors have been known to configure
   their PADs to allow an authenticated peer to create Child SAs with
   traffic selectors containing the same address that was used for the
   IKEv2 packets.  In environments where IP spoofing is possible (i.e.,
   almost everywhere) this essentially allows any peer to create Child
   SAs with any traffic selectors.  This is not an appropriate or secure
   configuration in most circumstances.  See [H2HIPSEC] for an extensive
   discussion about this issue, and the limitations of host-to-host
   IPsec in general.


6.  IANA Considerations

   [IKEV2] defined many field types and values.  IANA has already
   registered those types and values in [IKEV2IANA], so they are not
   listed here again.

   Two items are removed from the IKEv2 Configuration Payload Attribute
   Types table: INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS and INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY.

   Two new additions to the IKEv2 parameters "NOTIFY MESSAGES - ERROR
   TYPES" registry are defined here that were not defined in [IKEV2]:

   {TBA1}   TEMPORARY_FAILURE
   {TBA2}   CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND

   IANA should change the exiting IKEv2 Payload Types table from:

   46        Encrypted                        E          [IKEv2]

   to

   46        Encrypted and Authenticated      SK    [This document]

   IANA should update all references to RFC 4306 to point to this
   document.


7.  Acknowledgements

   Many individuals in the IPsecME Working Group were very helpful in
   contributing ideas and text for this document, as well as in
   reviewing the clarifications suggested by others.

   The acknowledgements from the IKEv2 document were:

   This document is a collaborative effort of the entire IPsec WG.  If
   there were no limit to the number of authors that could appear on an
   RFC, the following, in alphabetical order, would have been listed:
   Bill Aiello, Stephane Beaulieu, Steve Bellovin, Sara Bitan, Matt
   Blaze, Ran Canetti, Darren Dukes, Dan Harkins, Paul Hoffman, John
   Ioannidis, Charlie Kaufman, Steve Kent, Angelos Keromytis, Tero
   Kivinen, Hugo Krawczyk, Andrew Krywaniuk, Radia Perlman, Omer
   Reingold, and Michael Richardson.  Many other people contributed to
   the design.  It is an evolution of IKEv1, ISAKMP, and the IPsec DOI,
   each of which has its own list of authors.  Hugh Daniel suggested the
   feature of having the initiator, in message 3, specify a name for the
   responder, and gave the feature the cute name "You Tarzan, Me Jane".
   David Faucher and Valery Smyslov helped refine the design of the
   traffic selector negotiation.

   This paragraph lists references that appear only in figures.  The
   section is only here to keep the 'xml2rfc' program happy, and needs
   to be removed when the document is published.  The RFC Editor will
   remove it before publication.  [EAI] [DES] [IDEA] [MD5] [DSS]


8.  References

8.1.  Normative References

   [ADDGROUP]
              Kivinen, T. and M. Kojo, "More Modular Exponential (MODP)
              Diffie-Hellman groups for Internet Key Exchange (IKE)",
              RFC 3526, May 2003.

   [ADDRIPV6]
              Hinden, R. and S. Deering, "Internet Protocol Version 6
              (IPv6) Addressing Architecture", RFC 4291, February 2006.

   [AEAD]     McGrew, D. and D. Black, "Using Authenticated Encryption
              Algorithms with the Encrypted Payload of the Internet Key
              Exchange version 2 (IKEv2) Protocol", RFC 5282,
              August 2008.

   [AESCMACPRF128]
              Song, J., "The Advanced Encryption Standard-Cipher-based
              Message Authentication Code-Pseudo-Random Function-128
              (AES-CMAC-PRF-128) Algorithm for the Internet Key Exchange
              Protocol (IKE)", RFC 4615, August 2006.

   [AESXCBCPRF128]
              Hoffman, P., "The AES-XCBC-PRF-128 Algorithm for the
              Internet Key Exchange Protocol (IKE)", RFC 4434,
              February 2006.

   [EAP]      Aboba, B., Blunk, L., Vollbrecht, J., Carlson, J., and H.
              Levkowetz, "Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)",
              RFC 3748, June 2004.

   [ECN]      Ramakrishnan, K., Floyd, S., and D. Black, "The Addition
              of Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) to IP",
              RFC 3168, September 2001.

   [ESPCBC]   Pereira, R. and R. Adams, "The ESP CBC-Mode Cipher
              Algorithms", RFC 2451, November 1998.

   [HTTP]     Fielding, et. al., R., "Hypertext Transfer Protocol --
              HTTP/1.1", RFC 2616, June 1999.

   [IKEV2IANA]
              "Internet Key Exchange Version 2 (IKEv2) Parameters",
               <http://www.iana.org/assignments/ikev2-parameters>.

   [IPSECARCH]
              Kent, S. and K. Seo, "Security Architecture for the
              Internet Protocol", RFC 4301, December 2005.

   [MUSTSHOULD]
              Bradner, S., "Key Words for use in RFCs to indicate
              Requirement Levels", BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997.

   [PKCS1]    Jonsson, J. and B. Kaliski, "Public-Key Cryptography
              Standards (PKCS) #1: RSA Cryptography Specifications
              Version 2.1", RFC 3447, February 2003.

   [PKIX]     Housley, R., Polk, W., Ford, W., and D. Solo, "Internet
              X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and
              Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile", RFC 5280,
              May 2008.

   [RFC4307]  Schiller, J., "Cryptographic Algorithms for Use in IKEv2",
              RFC 4307, December 2005.

   [UDPENCAPS]
              Huttunen, A., Swander, B., Volpe, V., DiBurro, L., and M.
              Stenberg, "UDP Encapsulation of IPsec ESP Packets",
              RFC 3948, January 2005.

   [URLS]     Fielding, et. al., R., "Uniform Resource Identifier (URI):
              Generic Syntax", RFC 3986, January 2005.

8.2.  Informative References

   [AH]       Kent, S., "IP Authentication Header", RFC 4302,
              December 2005.

   [ARCHGUIDEPHIL]
              Bush, R. and D. Meyer, "Some Internet Architectural
              Guidelines and Philosophy", RFC 3439, December 2002.

   [ARCHPRINC]
              Carpenter, B., "Architectural Principles of the Internet",
              RFC 1958, June 1996.

   [Clarif]   Eronen, P. and P. Hoffman, "IKEv2 Clarifications and
              Implementation Guidelines", RFC 4718, October 2006.

   [DES]      American National Standards Institute, "American National
              Standard for Information Systems-Data Link Encryption",
              ANSI X3.106, 1983.

   [DH]       Diffie, W. and M. Hellman, "New Directions in
              Cryptography", IEEE Transactions on Information Theory,
              V.IT-22 n. 6, June 1977.

   [DIFFSERVARCH]
              Blake, S., Black, D., Carlson, M., Davies, E., Wang, Z.,
              and W. Weiss, "An Architecture for Differentiated
              Services", RFC 2475.

   [DIFFSERVFIELD]
              Nichols, K., Blake, S., Baker, F., and D. Black,
              "Definition of the Differentiated Services Field (DS
              Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6 Headers", RFC 2474,
              December 1998.

   [DIFFTUNNEL]
              Black, D., "Differentiated Services and Tunnels",
              RFC 2983, October 2000.

   [DOI]      Piper, D., "The Internet IP Security Domain of
              Interpretation for ISAKMP", RFC 2407, November 1998.

   [DOSUDPPROT]
              C. Kaufman, R. Perlman, and B. Sommerfeld, "DoS protection
              for UDP-based protocols", ACM Conference on Computer and
              Communications Security , October 2003.

   [DSS]      National Institute of Standards and Technology, U.S.
              Department of Commerce, "Digital Signature Standard",
              Draft FIPS 186-3, June 2008.

   [EAI]      Abel, Y., "Internationalized Email Headers", RFC 5335,
              September 2008.

   [EAP-IANA]
              "Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) Registry: Method
              Types",   <http://www.iana.org/assignments/eap-numbers>.

   [EAPMITM]  N. Asokan, V. Nierni, and K. Nyberg, "Man-in-the-Middle in
              Tunneled Authentication Protocols", November 2002,
              <http://eprint.iacr.org/2002/163>.

   [ESP]      Kent, S., "IP Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)",
              RFC 4303, December 2005.

   [EXCHANGEANALYSIS]
              R. Perlman and C. Kaufman, "Analysis of the IPsec key
              exchange Standard", WET-ICE Security Conference, MIT ,
              2001,
              <http://sec.femto.org/wetice-2001/papers/radia-paper.pdf>.

   [H2HIPSEC]
              Aura, T., Roe, M., and A. Mohammed, "Experiences with
              Host-to-Host IPsec", 13th International Workshop on
              Security Protocols, Cambridge, UK, April 2005.

   [HMAC]     Krawczyk, H., Bellare, M., and R. Canetti, "HMAC: Keyed-
              Hashing for Message Authentication", RFC 2104,
              February 1997.

   [IDEA]     X. Lai, "On the Design and Security of Block Ciphers", ETH
              Series in Information Processing, v. 1, Konstanz: Hartung-
              Gorre Verlag, 1992.

   [IDNA]     Faltstrom, P., Hoffman, P., and A. Costello,
              "Internationalizing Domain Names in Applications (IDNA)",
              RFC 3490, March 2003.

   [IKEV1]    Harkins, D. and D. Carrel, "The Internet Key Exchange
              (IKE)", RFC 2409, November 1998.

   [IKEV2]    Kaufman, C., "Internet Key Exchange (IKEv2) Protocol",
              RFC 4306, December 2005.

   [IP-COMP]  Shacham, A., Monsour, B., Pereira, R., and M. Thomas, "IP
              Payload Compression Protocol (IPComp)", RFC 3173,
              September 2001.

   [IPSECARCH-OLD]
              Kent, S. and R. Atkinson, "Security Architecture for the
              Internet Protocol", RFC 2401, November 1998.

   [IPV6CONFIG]
              Eronen, et. al., P., "IPv6 Configuration in IKEv2",
              RFC 5739, February 2010.

   [ISAKMP]   Maughan, D., Schneider, M., and M. Schertler, "Internet
              Security Association and Key Management Protocol
              (ISAKMP)", RFC 2408, November 1998.

   [MAILFORMAT]
              Resnick, P., "Internet Message Format", RFC 5322,
              October 2008.

   [MD5]      Rivest, R., "The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm", RFC 1321,
              April 1992.

   [MIPV6]    Johnson, D., Perkins, C., and J. Arkko, "Mobility Support
              in IPv6", RFC 3775, June 2004.

   [MLDV2]    Vida, R. and L. Costa, "Multicast Listener Discovery
              Version 2 (MLDv2) for IPv6", RFC 3810, June 2004.

   [MOBIKE]   Eronen, P., "IKEv2 Mobility and Multihoming Protocol
              (MOBIKE)", RFC 4555, June 2006.

   [MODES]    National Institute of Standards and Technology, U.S.
              Department of Commerce, "Recommendation for Block Cipher
              Modes of Operation", SP 800-38A, 2001.

   [NAI]      Aboba, B., Beadles, M., Eronen, P., and J. Arkko, "The
              Network Access Identifier", RFC 4282, December 2005.

   [NATREQ]   Aboba, B. and W. Dixon, "IPsec-Network Address Translation
              (NAT) Compatibility Requirements", RFC 3715, March 2004.

   [OAKLEY]   Orman, H., "The OAKLEY Key Determination Protocol",
              RFC 2412, November 1998.

   [PFKEY]    McDonald, D., Metz, C., and B. Phan, "PF_KEY Key
              Management API, Version 2", RFC 2367, July 1998.

   [PHOTURIS]
              Karn, P. and W. Simpson, "Photuris: Session-Key Management
              Protocol", RFC 2522, March 1999.

   [RANDOMNESS]
              Eastlake, D., Schiller, J., and S. Crocker, "Randomness
              Requirements for Security", BCP 106, RFC 4086, June 2005.

   [REAUTH]   Nir, Y., "Repeated Authentication in Internet Key Exchange
              (IKEv2) Protocol", RFC 4478, April 2006.

   [REUSE]    Menezes, A. and B. Ustaoglu, "On Reusing Ephemeral Keys In
              Diffie-Hellman  Key Agreement Protocols", December 2008,
              <http://www.cacr.math.uwaterloo.ca/~ajmeneze/
              publications/ephemeral.pdf>.

   [ROHCV2]   Ertekin, et. al., E., "IKEv2 Extensions to Support Robust
              Header Compression over IPsec (ROHCoIPsec)",
              draft-ietf-rohc-ikev2-extensions-hcoipsec (work in
              progress), August 2009.

   [RSA]      R. Rivest, A. Shamir, and L. Adleman, "A Method for
              Obtaining Digital Signatures and Public-Key
              Cryptosystems", February 1978.

   [SHA]      National Institute of Standards and Technology, U.S.
              Department of Commerce, "Secure Hash Standard",
              FIPS 180-3, October 2008.

   [SIGMA]    H. Krawczyk, "SIGMA: the `SIGn-and-MAc' Approach to
              Authenticated Diffie-Hellman and its Use in the IKE
              Protocols", Advances in Cryptography - CRYPTO 2003
              Proceedings LNCS 2729, 2003, <http://
              www.informatik.uni-trier.de/~ley/db/conf/crypto/
              crypto2003.html>.

   [SKEME]    H. Krawczyk, "SKEME: A Versatile Secure Key Exchange
              Mechanism for Internet", IEEE Proceedings of the 1996
              Symposium on Network and Distributed Systems Security ,
              1996.

   [TRANSPARENCY]
              Carpenter, B., "Internet Transparency", RFC 2775,
              February 2000.


Appendix A.  Summary of changes from IKEv1

   The goals of this revision to IKE are:

   1.   To define the entire IKE protocol in a single document,
        replacing RFCs 2407, 2408, and 2409 and incorporating subsequent
        changes to support NAT Traversal, Extensible Authentication, and
        Remote Address acquisition;

   2.   To simplify IKE by replacing the eight different initial
        exchanges with a single four-message exchange (with changes in
        authentication mechanisms affecting only a single AUTH payload
        rather than restructuring the entire exchange) see
        [EXCHANGEANALYSIS];

   3.   To remove the Domain of Interpretation (DOI), Situation (SIT),
        and Labeled Domain Identifier fields, and the Commit and
        Authentication only bits;

   4.   To decrease IKE's latency in the common case by making the
        initial exchange be 2 round trips (4 messages), and allowing the
        ability to piggyback setup of a Child SA on that exchange;

   5.   To replace the cryptographic syntax for protecting the IKE
        messages themselves with one based closely on ESP to simplify
        implementation and security analysis;

   6.   To reduce the number of possible error states by making the
        protocol reliable (all messages are acknowledged) and sequenced.
        This allows shortening CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges from 3 messages
        to 2;

   7.   To increase robustness by allowing the responder to not do
        significant processing until it receives a message proving that
        the initiator can receive messages at its claimed IP address;

   8.   To fix cryptographic weaknesses such as the problem with
        symmetries in hashes used for authentication documented by Tero
        Kivinen;

   9.   To specify traffic selectors in their own payloads type rather
        than overloading ID payloads, and making more flexible the
        traffic selectors that may be specified;

   10.  To specify required behavior under certain error conditions or
        when data that is not understood is received in order to make it
        easier to make future revisions in a way that does not break
        backwards compatibility;

   11.  To simplify and clarify how shared state is maintained in the
        presence of network failures and DoS attacks; and

   12.  To maintain existing syntax and magic numbers to the extent
        possible to make it likely that implementations of IKEv1 can be
        enhanced to support IKEv2 with minimum effort.


Appendix B.  Diffie-Hellman Groups

   There are two Diffie-Hellman groups defined here for use in IKE.
   These groups were generated by Richard Schroeppel at the University
   of Arizona.  Properties of these primes are described in [OAKLEY].

   The strength supplied by group 1 may not be sufficient for typical
   uses and is here for historic reasons.

   Additional Diffie-Hellman groups have been defined in [ADDGROUP].

B.1.  Group 1 - 768 Bit MODP

   This group is assigned id 1 (one).

   The prime is: 2^768 - 2 ^704 - 1 + 2^64 * { [2^638 pi] + 149686 }
   Its hexadecimal value is:

   FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF C90FDAA2 2168C234 C4C6628B 80DC1CD1
   29024E08 8A67CC74 020BBEA6 3B139B22 514A0879 8E3404DD
   EF9519B3 CD3A431B 302B0A6D F25F1437 4FE1356D 6D51C245
   E485B576 625E7EC6 F44C42E9 A63A3620 FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF

   The generator is 2.

B.2.  Group 2 - 1024 Bit MODP

   This group is assigned id 2 (two).

   The prime is 2^1024 - 2^960 - 1 + 2^64 * { [2^894 pi] + 129093 }.
   Its hexadecimal value is:

   FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF C90FDAA2 2168C234 C4C6628B 80DC1CD1
   29024E08 8A67CC74 020BBEA6 3B139B22 514A0879 8E3404DD
   EF9519B3 CD3A431B 302B0A6D F25F1437 4FE1356D 6D51C245
   E485B576 625E7EC6 F44C42E9 A637ED6B 0BFF5CB6 F406B7ED
   EE386BFB 5A899FA5 AE9F2411 7C4B1FE6 49286651 ECE65381
   FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF

   The generator is 2.


Appendix C.  Exchanges and Payloads

   This appendix contains a short summary of the IKEv2 exchanges, and
   what payloads can appear in which message.  This appendix is purely
   informative; if it disagrees with the body of this document, the
   other text is considered correct.

   Vendor-ID (V) payloads may be included in any place in any message.
   This sequence here shows what are the most logical places for them.

C.1.  IKE_SA_INIT Exchange

   request             --> [N(COOKIE)],
                           SA, KE, Ni,
                           [N(NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP)+,
                            N(NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP)],
                           [V+][N+]

   normal response     <-- SA, KE, Nr,
   (no cookie)             [N(NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP),
                            N(NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP)],
                           [[N(HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED)], CERTREQ+],
                           [V+][N+]

   cookie response     <-- N(COOKIE),
                           [V+][N+]

   different Diffie-   <-- N(INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD),
   Hellman group           [V+][N+]
   wanted

C.2.  IKE_AUTH Exchange without EAP

   request             --> IDi, [CERT+],
                           [N(INITIAL_CONTACT)],
                           [[N(HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED)], CERTREQ+],
                           [IDr],
                           AUTH,
                           [CP(CFG_REQUEST)],
                           [N(IPCOMP_SUPPORTED)+],
                           [N(USE_TRANSPORT_MODE)],
                           [N(ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO)],
                           SA, TSi, TSr,
                           [V+][N+]

   response            <-- IDr, [CERT+],
                           AUTH,
                           [CP(CFG_REPLY)],
                           [N(IPCOMP_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(USE_TRANSPORT_MODE)],
                           [N(ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO)],
                           SA, TSi, TSr,
                           [N(ADDITIONAL_TS_POSSIBLE)],
                           [V+][N+]

   error in Child SA  <--  IDr, [CERT+],
   creation                AUTH,
                           N(error),
                           [V+][N+]

C.3.  IKE_AUTH Exchange with EAP

   first request       --> IDi,
                           [N(INITIAL_CONTACT)],
                           [[N(HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED)], CERTREQ+],
                           [IDr],
                           [CP(CFG_REQUEST)],
                           [N(IPCOMP_SUPPORTED)+],
                           [N(USE_TRANSPORT_MODE)],
                           [N(ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO)],
                           SA, TSi, TSr,
                           [V+][N+]

   first response      <-- IDr, [CERT+], AUTH,
                           EAP,
                           [V+][N+]

                     / --> EAP
   repeat 1..N times |
                     \ <-- EAP

   last request        --> AUTH

   last response       <-- AUTH,
                           [CP(CFG_REPLY)],
                           [N(IPCOMP_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(USE_TRANSPORT_MODE)],
                           [N(ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO)],
                           SA, TSi, TSr,
                           [N(ADDITIONAL_TS_POSSIBLE)],
                           [V+][N+]

C.4.  CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange for Creating or Rekeying Child SAs

   request             --> [N(REKEY_SA)],
                           [CP(CFG_REQUEST)],
                           [N(IPCOMP_SUPPORTED)+],
                           [N(USE_TRANSPORT_MODE)],
                           [N(ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO)],
                           SA, Ni, [KEi], TSi, TSr
                           [V+][N+]

   normal              <-- [CP(CFG_REPLY)],
   response                [N(IPCOMP_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(USE_TRANSPORT_MODE)],
                           [N(ESP_TFC_PADDING_NOT_SUPPORTED)],
                           [N(NON_FIRST_FRAGMENTS_ALSO)],
                           SA, Nr, [KEr], TSi, TSr,
                           [N(ADDITIONAL_TS_POSSIBLE)]
                           [V+][N+]

   error case          <-- N(error)

   different Diffie-   <-- N(INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD),
   Hellman group           [V+][N+]
   wanted

C.5.  CREATE_CHILD_SA Exchange for Rekeying the IKE SA

   request             --> SA, Ni, KEi
                           [V+][N+]

   response            <-- SA, Nr, KEr
                           [V+][N+]

C.6.  INFORMATIONAL Exchange

   request             --> [N+],
                           [D+],
                           [CP(CFG_REQUEST)]

   response            <-- [N+],
                           [D+],
                           [CP(CFG_REPLY)]


Appendix D.  Changes Between Internet Draft Versions

   This section will be removed before publication as an RFC, but should
   be left intact until then so that reviewers can follow what has
   changed.

D.1.  Changes from IKEv2 to draft -00

   There were a zillion additions from RFC 4718.  These are noted with
   "{{ Clarif-nn }}".

   Cleaned up many of the figures.  Made the table headings consistent.
   Made some tables easier to read by removing blank spaces.  Removed
   the "reserved to IANA" and "private use" text wording and moved it
   into the tables.

   Changed many SHOULD requirements to better match RFC 2119.  These are
   also marked with comments such as "{{ Demoted the SHOULD }}".

   In Section 2.16, changed the MUST requirement of authenticating the
   responder from "public key signature based" to "strong" because that
   is what most current IKEv2 implementations do, and it better matches
   the actual security requirement.

D.2.  Changes from draft -00 to draft -01

   The most significant technical change was to make KE optional but
   strongly recommended in Section 1.3.2.

   Updated all references to the IKEv2 Clarifications document to RFC
   4718.

   Moved a lot of the protocol description out of the long tables in
   Section 3.10.1 into the body of the document.  These are noted with
   "{{ 3.10.1-nnnn }}", where "nnnn" is the notification type number.

   Made some table changes based on suggestions from Alfred Hoenes.

   Changed "byte" to "octet" in many places.

   Removed discussion of ESP+AH bundles in many places, and added a
   paragraph about it in Section 1.7.

   Removed the discussion of INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY in many places, and
   added a paragraph about it in Section 1.7.

   Moved Clarif-7.10 from Section 1.2 to Section 3.2.

   In the figure in Section 1.3.2, made KEi optional, and added text
   saying "The KEi payload SHOULD be included."

   In the figure in Section 1.3.2, maked KEr optional, and removed text
   saying "KEi and KEr are required for rekeying an IKE SA."

   In Section 1.4, clarified that the half-closed connections being
   discussed are AH and ESP.

   Rearranged the end of Section 1.7, and added the new notation for
   moving text out of 3.10.1.

   Clarified the wording in the second paragraph of Section 2.2.  This
   allowd the removal of the fourth paragraph, which previously had
   Clarif-2.2 in it.

   In section 2.5, removed "or later" from "version 2.0".

   Added the question for implementers about payload order at the end of
   Section 2.5.

   Corrected Section 2.7 based on Clarif-7-13 to say that you can't do
   ESP and AH at one time.

   In Section 2.8, clarified the wording about how to replace an IKE SA.

   Clarified the text in the last many paragraphs in Section 2.9.  Also
   moved some text from near the beginning of 2.9 to the beginning of
   2.9.1.

   Removed some redundant text in Section 2.9 concerning creating a
   Child SA pair not in response to an arriving packet.

   Added the following to the end of the first paragraph of Section
   2.14: "The lengths of SK_d, SK_pi, and SK_pr are the key length of
   the agreed-to PRF."

   Added the restriction in Section 2.15 that all PRFs used with IKEv2
   MUST take variable-sized keys.

   In Section 2.17, removed "If multiple IPsec protocols are negotiated,
   keying material is taken in the order in which the protocol headers
   will appear in the encapsulated packet" because multiple IPsec
   protocols cannot be negotiated at one time.

   Added the material from Clarif-5.12 to Section 2.18.

   Changed "hash of" to "expected value of" in Section 2.23.

   In the bulleted list in Section 2.23, replaced "this end" with a
   clearer description of which system is being discussed.

   Added the paragraph at the beginning of Section 3 about
   interoperability and UNSPECIFIED values ("In the tables in this
   section...").

   Fixed Section 3.3 to not include proposal that include both AH and
   ESP.  Ditto for the "Proposal #" bullet in Section 3.3.1.

   In the description of ID_FQDN in Section 3.5, added "All characters
   in the ID_FQDN are ASCII; this follows that for an "internationalized
   domain name" as defined in [IDNA]."

   In Section 3.8, shortened and clarified the description of "RSA
   Digital Signature".

   In Section 3.10, shortened and clarified the description of "Protocol
   ID".

   In Section 3.15, "The requested address is valid until the expiry
   time defined with the INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY attribute or there are
   no IKE SAs between the peers" is shortened to just "The requested
   address is valid until there are no IKE SAs between the peers."

   In Section 3.15.1, changed "INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS" to unspecified.

   Made [ADDRIPV6] an informative reference instead of a normative
   reference and updated it.

   Made [PKCS1] a normative reference instead of an informative
   reference and changed the pointer to RFC 3447.

D.3.  Changes from draft -00 to draft -01

   In Section 1.5, added "request" to first sentence to make it "If an
   encrypted IKE request packet arrives on port 500 or 4500 with an
   unrecognized SPI...".

   In Section 3.3, fifth paragraph, upped the number of transforms for
   AH and ESP by one each to account for ESN, which is now mandatory.

   In Section 2.1, added "or equal to" in "The responder MUST remember
   each response until it receives a request whose sequence number is
   larger than or equal to the sequence number in the response plus its
   window size."

   In Section 2.18, removed " Note that this may not work if the new IKE
   SA's PRF has a fixed key size because the output of the PRF may not
   be of the correct size." because it is no longer relevant.

D.4.  Changes from draft -01 to draft -02

   Many grammatical fixes.

   In Section 1.2, reworded Clarif-4.3 to be clearer.

   In Section 1.3.3, reworded 3.10.1-16393 and Clarif-5.4 to remove
   redundant text.

   In Section 2.13, replaced text about variable length keys with
   clearer explanation and requirement on non-HMAC PRFs.  Also added
   "preferred" to Section 2.14 for the key length, and removed redundant
   text.

   In Section 2.14, removed the "half and half" description and replaced
   it with exceptions for RFC4434 and RFC4615.

   Removed the now-redundant "All PRFs used with IKEv2 MUST take
   variable-sized keys" from Section 2.15.

   In Section 2.15, added "(IKE_SA_INIT response)" after "of the second
   message" and "(IKE_SA_INIT request)" after "the first message".

   In Section 2.17, simplified because there are no more bundles.  "A
   single Child SA negotiation may result in multiple security
   associations.  ESP and AH SAs exist in pairs (one in each
   direction)." becomes "For ESP and AH, a single Child SA negotiation
   results in two security associations (one in each direction)."

   In section 3.3, made the example of combinations of algorithms and
   the contents of the first proposal clearer.

   Added Clarif-4.4 to the end of Section 3.3.2.

   Reordered Section 3.3.5 and added Clarif-7.11.

   Clarified Section 3.3.6 about choosing a single proposal.  Also added
   second paragraph about transforms not understood, and clarified third
   paragraph about picking D-H groups.

   Moved 3.10.1-16392 from Section 3.6 to 3.7.

   In Section 3.10, clarified 3.10.1-16394.

   Updated Section 6 to indicate that there is nothing new for IANA in
   this spec.  Also removed the definition of "Expert Review" from
   Section 1.6 for the same reason.

   In Appendix A, removed "and not commit any state to an exchange until
   the initiator can be cryptographically authenticated" because that
   was only true in an earlier version of IKEv2.

D.5.  Changes from draft -02 to draft -03

   In Section 1.3, changed "If the responder rejects the Diffie-Hellman
   group of the KEi payload, the responder MUST reject the request and
   indicate its preferred Diffie-Hellman group in the INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD
   Notification payload." to "If the responder selects a proposal using
   a different Diffie-Hellman group (other than NONE), the responder
   MUST reject the request and indicate its preferred Diffie-Hellman
   group in the INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD Notification payload.

   In Section 2.3, added the last two paragraphs covering why you
   initiator's SPI and/or IP to differentiate if this is a "half-open"
   IKE SA or a new request.  Also removed similar text from Section 2.2.

   In Section 2.5, added "Payloads sent in IKE response messages MUST
   NOT have the critical flag set.  Note that the critical flag applies
   only to the payload type, not the contents.  If the payload type is
   recognized, but the payload contains something which is not (such as
   an unknown transform inside an SA payload, or an unknown Notify
   Message Type inside a Notify payload), the critical flag is ignored."

   In Section 2.6, moved the text about {{ 3.10.1-16390 }} later in the
   section.  Also reworded the text to make it clearer what the COOKIE
   is for.

   Moved text from Clarif-2.1 from Section 2.6 to Section 2.7.

   In Section 2.13, added "(see Section 3.3.5 for the defintion of the
   Key Length transform attribute)".

   In Section 2.17, change the description of the keying material from
   the list with two bullets to a clearer list.

   In Section 2.23, added "Implementations MUST process received UDP-
   encapsulated ESP packets even when no NAT was detected."

   In Section 3.3, changed "Each proposal may contain a" to "Each
   proposal contains a".

   Added the asterisks to the transform type table in Section 3.3.2 and
   the types table in 3.3.3 to foreshadow future developments.

   In Section 3.3.2, changed the following algorithms to (UNSPECIFIED)
   because the RFCs listed didn't really specify how to implement them
   in an interoperable fashion:

   Encryption Algorithms
   ENCR_DES_IV64        1           (RFC1827)
   ENCR_3IDEA           8           (RFC2451)
   ENCR_DES_IV32        9
   Pseudo-random Functions
   PRF_HMAC_TIGER              3         (RFC2104)
   Integrity Algorithms
   AUTH_DES_MAC         3
   AUTH_KPDK_MD5        4        (RFC1826)

   In Section 3.4, added "(other than NONE)" to the second-to-last
   paragraph.

   Rewrote the third paragraph of Section 3.14 to talk about other
   modes, and to clarify which encryption and integrity protection we
   are talking about.

   Changed the "Initialization Vector" bullet in Section 3.14 to specify
   better what is needed for the IV.  Upgraded the SHOULDs to MUSTs.
   Also added the reference for [MODES].

   In Section 5, in the second-to-last paragraph, changed "a public-key-
   based" to "strong" to match the wording in Section 2.16.

D.6.  Changes from draft -03 to draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-00

   Changed the document's filename to draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-00.
   Added Yoav Nir as a co-author.

   In many places in the document, changed "and/or" to "or" when talking
   about combinations of ESP and AH SAs.  For example, in the intro, it
   said "can be used to efficiently establish SAs for Encapsulating
   Security Payload (ESP) and/or Authentication Header (AH)".  This is
   changed to "or" to indicate that you can only establish one type of
   SA at a time.

   In Section 1, clarified that RFC 4306 already replaced IKEv1, and
   that this document replaces RFC 4306.  Also fixed Section 2.5 for
   similar issue.  Also updated the Abstract to cover this.

   In Section 2.15, in the responder's signed octets, changed:

   RestOfRespIDPayload = IDType | RESERVED | InitIDData
       to
   RestOfRespIDPayload = IDType | RESERVED | RespIDData

   In 2.16, changed "strong" back to "public key signature based" to
   make it the same as 4306.

   In section 3.10, added "and the field must be empty" to make it clear
   that a zero-length SPI is really empty.

D.7.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-00 to
      draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-01

   Throughout, changed "IKE_SA" to "IKE SA", and changed "CHILD_SA" to
   "Child SA" (except left "CREATE_CHILD_SA" alone).

   Added the middle sentence in the Abstract to say what IKE actually
   does.

   Added in section 1 "(unless there is failure setting up the AH or ESP
   Child SA, in which case the IKE SA is still established without Child
   SA)".

   Clarified the titles of 1.1.1, 1.1.2, and 1.1.3.

   In 1.1.2, changed "If there is an inner IP header, the inner
   addresses will be the same as the outer addresses." because we are
   talking about transport mode here.

   Added reference to section 2.14 to setion 1.2 and 1.3.

   In 1.2, clarified what is and isn't encrypted in a message.

   Added the following to 1.2: "If the IDr proposed by the initiator is
   not acceptable to the responder, the responder might use some other
   IDr to finish the exchange.  If the initiator then does not accept
   that fact that responder used different IDr than the one that was
   requested, the initiator can close the SA after noticing the fact."

   Moved the paragraph beginning "All messages following..." from 1.3 up
   to 1.2, and reworded it to apply to all the cases it covers.

   At the end of section 1.3.1, clarified that the responder is the one
   who controls whether non-first-fragments will be sent, and reworded
   the paragraph.

   In section 1.3.3, added "The Protocol ID field of the REKEY_SA
   notification is set to match the protocol of the SA we are rekeying,
   for example, 3 for ESP and 2 for AH."  [Issue #10]

   In 1.3.2, added "of the SA payload" to "New initiator and responder
   SPIs are supplied in the SPI fields."

   In 1.3.3, fixed the art.

                                <--  HDR, SK {SA, Nr, [KEr],
                                         Si, TSr}
   becomes
                                <--  HDR, SK {SA, Nr, [KEr],
                                         TSi, TSr}


   In 1.4 and 2.18, changed "replaced for the purpose of rekeying" to
   "rekeyed".

   Split out the SA deletion material from section 1.4 into its own
   subsection, 1.4.1.

   Clarified which bits are set at the end of Section 1.5.

   In 1.7, added "That is, the version number is *not* changed from RFC
   4306.".

   In 2.1, added wording about retransmissions needing to be identical.

   In 2.2, added "or rekeyed" to "In the unlikely event that Message IDs
   grow too large to fit in 32 bits, the IKE SA MUST be closed"

   In 2.2, moved the sentence "Rekeying an IKE SA resets the sequence
   numbers." up higher so it would be more likely to be seen.  [Issue
   #15]

   Moved the definition of "original initiator" from 2.8 into 2.2
   because that is where it is first used.

   In 2.4, added "fresh (i.e., not retransmitted)" to "If a
   cryptographically protected message has been received from the other
   side recently".  Also added the sentence saying that liveness checks
   are sometimes call dead peer detection.

   Removed the question to implementers about payload order in 2.5.

   Changed the title of 2.6 to "IKE SA SPIs and Cookies".  Also, in the
   paragraph that describes how to implement the responder, changed the
   lower-case "should" to "can" to emphasize that this is a choice.

   Added the second paragraph in 2.6 to make it clear that the SPI is
   used for mapping.

   In section 2.6, upgraded "needs to choose them so as to be unique
   identifiers of an IKE_SA" to a MUST.

   Added sentences at the end of 2.6 eplaining wny the initiator should
   limit the number of responses it sends out.

   In 2.6.1, added the example of the shorter exchange; this is copied
   from RFC 4718 but was dropped in early drafts of this document.

   Added the paragraph to 2.7 that describes needing two proposals if
   you are having both normal ciphers and combined-mode ciphers.  [Issue
   #20].

   In section 2.8, added "Note that, when rekeying, the new Child SA MAY
   have different traffic selectors and algorithms than the old one."

   Added a note in 2.9 that PFKEY applies only to IKEv1.  Also added
   that unknown traffic selector types are not returned in narrowed
   responses.

   Added note in the first paragraph of Setion 2.9.1 about decorrelated
   policies preventing the problem mentioned.

   In 2.12, removed "In particular, it MUST forget the secrets used in
   the Diffie-Hellman calculation and any state that may persist in the
   state of a pseudo-random number generator that could be used to
   recompute the Diffie-Hellman secrets."

   In 2.15, noted that the retry could happen multiple times for
   different reasons.

   In section 2.16, changed "This shared key generated during an IKE
   exchange" to "This key".

   At the end of 2.19, added statement that FAILED_CP_REQUIRED is not
   fatal to the IKE SA.

   Added the reference to ROHCV2 to the end of 2.22.

   In 2.23, changed "can negotiate" to "will use". for UDP
   encapsulation.  Added "or 4500" to "...MUST be sent from and to UDP
   port 500".  Also removed the text about why not to do NAT-traversal
   over port 500 because we later say you can't do that anyway.  [Issue
   #27] Also removed the last paragraph, which obliquely pointed to
   MOBIKE.  More will be added later on MOBIKE.

   In 3.1, removed "and orderings of messages" from "Exchange type".
   [Issue #29]

   In 3.1, added "This bit changes to reflect who initiated the last
   rekey of the IKE SA." to the description of the Initiator bit.

   In 3.3, added a long example of why you might use a Proposal
   structure because of combined-mode algorithms.  [Issue #42]

   In 3.3.2, changed "is unnecessary because the last Proposal could be
   identified from the length of the SA" to "is unnecessary because the
   last transform could be identified from the length of the proposal."

   Added reference to AEAD to 3.3.2 and 3.3.3.

   Added the reference to RFC 2104 back for PRF_HMAC_TIGER in 3.3.2.
   [Issue #33]

   Added note at the bottom of 3.3.2 to see the IANA registry.

   In 3.3.4, removed all the "this could happen in the future" stuff
   because it already happened.

   Added a reference to email address internationalization to 3.5,
   making the address binary (not ASCII).

   In the table in 3.6, made "Authority Revocation List (ARL) 8" and
   "X.509 Certificate - Attribute 10" unspecified.

   In 3.7, changed the last sentence of the first paragraph to eliminate
   the non-protocol SHOULD.

   In 3.13.1, added "(including protocol 0)" for the start port and end
   port.

   In 3.14, updated the discussion of initialization modes to reflect
   that it is only about CBC, and that other specs have to specify their
   own IVs.

   In 3.15.1, added a pointer to 3.15.3.  In the entries for
   INTERNAL_IP4_SUBNET and INTERNAL_IP6_SUBNET, added a pointer to
   3.15.2.

   In 3.15.4, added "The IKE SA is still created even if the initial
   Child SA cannot be created because of this failure."

   Changed "EAP exchange" to "EAP authentication" in 5.

   Removed "In particular, these exponents MUST NOT be derived from
   long-lived secrets like the seed to a pseudo-random generator that is
   not erased after use." from section 5 because it is not possible in
   most implementations to do so.

   Updated a bunch of reference to their newer versions.

   Added "[V+]" to the end of the exchanges in C.4 and C.5.

   Added two more response templates to Appendix C.1.  Added another
   response template in Appendix C.2.  Added two more responses in
   Appendix C.4.

D.8.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-01 to
      draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-02

   In section 1.3.1, added "Failure of an attempt to create a CHILD SA
   SHOULD NOT tear down the IKE SA: there is no reason to lose the work
   done to set up the IKE SA.  When an IKE SA is not created, the error
   message return SHOULD NOT be encrypted because the other party will
   not be able to authenticate that message."  This may be changed again
   in the future.  [Issue #9]

   In section 1.3.2, changed "The KEi payload SHOULD be included" to be
   "The KEi payload MUST be included".  This also led to changes in
   section 2.18.  The square brackets around "g^ir (new)" in the
   SKEYSEED calculation are eliminated, and the requirement language in
   the paragraph starting "The main rekeying" is changed from SHOULD to
   MUST.  [Issue #50]

   In section 1.3.2, changed "The window size starts at 1 for any new
   IKE SA." to "The first IKE requests from both sides on the new IKE SA
   will have message ID 0.  The old IKE SA retains its numbering, so any
   further requests (for example, to delete the IKE SA) will have
   consecutive numbering.  The new IKE SA also has its window size reset
   to 1, and the initiator in this rekey exchange is the new "original
   initiator" of the new IKE SA."  [Issue #65]

   Added to section 1.5: For a one-way INVALID_IKE_SPI notification for
   an unrecognized SPI, the responder SHOULD copy the Exchange Type from
   the request.  [Issue #46]

   In 2.1, at the end of the paragraph about retransmission timers,
   added "In order to allow saving memory, responders are allowed to
   forget response after a timeout of several minutes.  If the responder
   receives a retransmitted request for which it has already forgotten
   the response, it MUST ignore the request (and not, for example,
   attempt constructing a new response)."  [Issue #14]

   In 2.6, added: "Also, incorporating Ni in the hash prevents an
   attacker from fetching one one cookie from the other end, and then
   initiating many IKE_SA_INIT exchanges all with different initiator
   SPIs (and perhaps port numbers) so that the responder thinks that
   there are lots of machines behind one NAT box who are all trying to
   connect."  [Issue #19]

   Added text for the new 2.8.2, and bumped the section number of the
   old 2.8.2 to 2.8.3.  [Issue #22]

   Added a reference to the end of 2.12 on key reuse.

   Added to the end of the first paragraph in 2.19: Note, however, it is
   usual to only assign one IP address during the IKE_AUTH exchange.
   That address persists at least until the deletion of the IKE SA.
   [Issue #79]

   Added the following to 2.23: An initiator can float to port 4500,
   regardless whether or not there is NAT, even at the beginning of IKE.
   When either side is using port 4500, sending with UDP encapsulation
   is not required, but understanding received packets with UDP
   encapsulation is required.  UDP encapsulation MUST NOT be done on
   port 500.  If NAT-T is supported (that is, if NAT_DETECTION_*_IP
   payloads were exchanged during IKE_SA_INIT), all devices MUST be able
   to receive and process both UDP encapsulated and non-UDP encapsulated
   packets at any time.  Either side can decide whether or not to use
   UDP encapsulation irrespective of the choice made by the other side.
   However, if a NAT is detected, both devices MUST send UDP
   encapsulated packets.  [Issue #40]

   The second-to-last paragraph in section 3.4 is changed to: The DH
   Group # identifies the Diffie-Hellman group in which the Key Exchange
   Data was computed (see Section 3.3.2.  This Group # MUST match a DH
   Group specified in a proposal in the SA payload that is sent in the
   same message, and SHOULD match the DH group in the first group in the
   first proposal, if such exists.  If none of the proposals in that SA
   payload specifies a DH Group, the KE payload MUST NOT be present.  If
   the selected proposal uses a different Diffie-Hellman group (other
   than NONE), the message MUST be rejected with a Notify payload of
   type INVALID_KE_PAYLOAD.  [Issue #30]

   In 3.10.1, changed the definition of NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN, 14, to: None
   of the proposed crypto suites was acceptable.  This can be sent in
   any case where the offered proposal (including but not limited to SA
   payload values, USE_TRANSPORT_MODE notify, IPCOMP_SUPPORTED notify)
   are not acceptable for the responder.  This can also be used as
   "generic" Child SA error when Child SA cannot be created for some
   other reason.  See also Section 2.7.  [Issue #81]

   In the description of IVs in 3.14, reorganized the text a bit to
   emphasize when we are and are not talking about CBC.  [Issue #68]

   Added the following to section 5 (Security Considerations): "The
   IKE_SA_INIT and IKE_AUTH exchanges happen before the initiator has
   been authenticated.  As a result, an implementation of this protocol
   needs to be completely robust when deployed on any insecure network.
   Implementation vulnerabilities, particularly denial-of-service
   attacks, can be exploited by unauthenticated peers.  This issue is
   particularly worrisome because of the unlimited number of messages in
   EAP-based authentication."  [Issue #62]

   Added new Appendix D, "Significant Changes from RFC 4306", as a
   placeholder for now.  [Issue #3]

D.9.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-01 to
      draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-02

   Near the end of 1.3, changed "If the guess turns out to be wrong, the
   responder will indicate the correct group in the response and the
   initiator SHOULD pick an element of that group for its KE value when
   retrying the first message." to "If the responder selects a proposal
   using a different Diffie-Hellman group (other than NONE), the
   responder will indicate the correct group in the response and the
   initiator SHOULD pick an element of that group for its KE value when
   retrying the first message."  [Issue #6]

   In the figures in 1.3.2, changed the diagrams from "HDR, SK {SA, Ni,
   [KEi]}" to "HDR, SK {SA, Ni, KEi}", and "HDR, SK {SA, Nr,[KEr]}" to
   "HDR, SK {SA, Nr,KEr}".  This matches the text in the section, which
   was updated in the last revision.  [Issue #50]

   Reorganized the beginning of section 2.3 and clarified some of the
   logic.  [Issue #52]

   Clarified the octets to be signed in setion 2.15.  Changed

   AUTH = prf(prf(Shared Secret,"Key Pad for IKEv2"), <msg octets>)

   to

   For the initiator:
      AUTH = prf( prf( Shared Secret,"Key Pad for IKEv2"),
                       <InitiatorSignedOctets>)
   For the responder:
      AUTH = prf( prf( Shared Secret,"Key Pad for IKEv2"),
                       <ResponderSignedOctets>)

   [Issue #72]

   Changed the last bullet item in section 2.23 to discuss MOBIKE in
   more detail.  [Issue #41]

   In section 3.1, the bullet about bit 4, changed "must" to "MUST".

   In section 3.3.6, added two sentences at the end of the second
   paragraph to indicate that there is an exception for when the
   proposal is a DH group of NONE.  [Issue #6]

D.10.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-02 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-03

   In section 2.4, change "The INITIAL_CONTACT notification, if sent,
   MUST be in the first IKE_AUTH request, not as a separate exchange
   afterwards; however, receiving parties need to deal with it in other
   requests." to "The INITIAL_CONTACT notification, if sent, MUST be in
   the first IKE_AUTH request or response, not as a separate exchange
   afterwards; receiving parties MAY ignore it in other messages."
   [Issue #53]

   Added to the security considerations: "Admission control is critical
   to the security of the protocol.  For example, trust anchors used for
   identifying IKE peers should probably be different than those used
   for other forms of trust, such as those used to identify public web
   servers.  Moreover, although IKE provides a great deal of leeway in
   defining the security policy for a trusted peer's identity,
   credentials, and the correlation between them, having such security
   policy defined explicitly is essential to a secure implementation."
   [Issue #61]

   Changed "[V+]" to "[V+][N+]" throughout Appendix C.  [Issue #63]

D.11.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-03 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-04

   Throughout, removed the marks that showed where text from the
   Clarifications RFC was inserted, or where a "SHOULD" was demoted to
   weaker language.

   In section 1, added "IKEv2 was a change to the IKE protocol that was
   not backward compatible.  In contrast, the current document not only
   provides a clarification of IKEv2, but makes minimum changes to the
   IKE protocol."  [Issue #48]

   In 1.5, added "The recipient of this notification cannot tell whether
   the SPI is for AH or ESP, but this is not important because the SPIs
   are supposed to be different for the two."  [Issue #35]

   In 1.5, added "(INVALID_MAJOR_VERSION is also a one-way message which
   is sent outside of an IKE SA, although it is sent as a response to
   the incoming IKE SA creation.)"  [Issue #13]

   In 1.7, added "This document removes the allowance for rejecting
   messages where the payloads were not in the "right" order; now
   implementations MUST NOT reject them.  This is due to the lack of
   clarity where the orders for th payloads are described."

   Added "The Message ID is reset to zero in the new IKE SA after the
   IKE SA is rekeyed" in the first paragraph of 2.2.  [Issue #15]

   In 2.5, changed "implementations MUST send the payloads defined in
   this specification in the order shown in the figures in Section 2;
   implementations are explicitly allowed to reject as invalid a message
   with those payloads in any other order" to "implementations SHOULD
   send the payloads defined in this specification in the order shown in
   the figures in Section 2; implementations MUST NOT reject as invalid
   a message with those payloads in any other order".  [Issue #16]
   [Issue #45]

   In 2.9, added "Maintenance of a system's SPD is outside the scope of
   IKE (see [PFKEY] for an example programming interface, although it
   only applies to IKEv1), though some implementations might update
   their SPD in connection with the running of IKE (for an example
   scenario, see Section 1.1.3)."  This was actually done in -03 but not
   noted in the change notes.  [Issue #64] [Issue #54]

   In 2.18, added "using SPIi, SPIr, Ni, and Nr from the new exchange"
   to the last sentence.

   In the last paragraph of 2.25, added "The SA that the initiator
   attempted to rekey is indicated by the SPI field in the Notify
   Payload, which is copied from the SPI field in the REYEY_SA
   notification."

   Removed INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS from 3.15.1.  [Issue #44]

   Changed "The requested address is valid until there are no IKE_SAs
   between the peers" to "The requested address is valid as long as this
   IKE SA (or its rekeyed successors) requesting the address is valid."
   [Issue #43]

D.12.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-04 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-05

   Added the following near the end of 1.2: "If the failure is related
   to creating the IKE SA (for example, AUTHENTICATION_FAILED), the IKE
   SA is not created.  Note that although the IKE_AUTH messages are
   encrypted and integrity protected, if the peer receiving this
   notification has not yet authenticated the other end (or if the peer
   fails to authenticate the other end for some reason), the information
   needs to be treated with caution.  More precisely, assuming that the
   MAC verifies correctly, the sender of the error indication is known
   to be the responder of the IKE_SA_INIT exchange, but the sender's
   identity cannot be assured."  [Issue #9]

   Added "Section 2.21 also covers error messages in great detail" near
   the beginning of 1.4.

   Added "Section 2.21 has been greatly expanded to cover the different
   cases where error responses are needed and the appropriate responses
   to them" to the end of 1.7.

   In 1.5, changed "There are two cases when such a one-way
   notification" to "There are two cases when a one-way notification".
   Also changed "notification" to "message" throughout this paragraph.

   In 2.8, changed "Note that, when rekeying, the new Child SA MAY have
   different traffic selectors and algorithms than the old one." to
   "Note that, when rekeying, the new Child SA SHOULD NOT have different
   traffic selectors and algorithms than the old one.".  [Issue #12]

   Section 2.21 was replaced and significantly expanded to cover many
   different error situations.  [Issue #26]

   Added 2.23.1, which covers how to handle NAT traversal when transport
   mode is requested.  [Issue #28]

   In 3.3.2, after the table for tranform type 4, added "Although ESP
   and AH do not directly include a Diffie-Hellman exchange, a Diffie-
   Hellman group MAY be negotiated for the Child SA.  This allows the
   peers to employ Diffie-Hellman in the CREATE_CHILD_SA exchange,
   providing perfect forward secrecy for the generated Child SA keys."
   [Issue #57]

   In 3.5, added "The Peer Authorization Database (PAD) as described in
   RFC 4301 [IPSECARCH] describes the use of the ID payload in IKEv2 and
   provides a formal model for the binding of identity to policy in
   addition to providing services that deal more specifically with the
   details of policy enforcement.  The PAD is intended to provide a link
   between the SPD and the IKE security association management.  See
   Section 4.4.3 of RFC 4301 for more details."  [Issue #58]

   Added to the definition of "X.509 Certificate" in 3.6: "Note that
   with this encoding, if a chain of certificates needs to be sent,
   multiple CERT payloads are used, only the first of which holds the
   public key used to validate the sender's AUTH payload."  [Issue
   #107].

   In 3.14, added "When an authenticated encryption algorithm is used to
   protect the IKE SA, the construction of the encrypted payload is
   different that what is described here.  See [RFC5282] for more
   information on authenticated encryption algorithms and their use in
   ESP."

   Added the last two paragraphs of 3.15 (on CFG_REQUEST and CFG_REPLY,
   and CFG_SET and CFG_ACK).  Removed all of 2.19.1 which contained the
   same material and a lot of material that was duplicated from other
   parts of the document.  [Issue #108]

   Added the following to 3.15.3: "Note that there is an additional
   document that discusses IPv6 configuration in IKEv2, [IPV6CONFIG].
   At the present time, it is an experimental document, but there is a
   hope that with more implementation experience, it will gain the same
   standards treatment as this document."  [Issue #47 and Issue #60]

   Reworded the acknowledgements to be more inclusive.

D.13.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-05 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-06

   Many small editorial nits fixed.

   Changed all the tables to only list the values that were defined in
   RFC 4306.  Removed reserved and private use ranges.  Also, a pointer
   to the IANA registry is given repeatedly.

   At the end of 1.3.1, added "See Section 2.21 for a list of error
   messages that might occur if creating a Child SA fails."

   In 1.3.2, made the response "HDR, SK {SA, Nr, KEr}", as it was
   supposed to be from earlier changes.  [Issue #50]

   In 1.3.2, added "Once a peer receives a request to rekey an IKE SA or
   sends a request to rekey an IKE SA, it SHOULD NOT start any new
   CREATE_CHILD_SA exchanges on the IKE SA that is being rekeyed."
   [Issue #22]

   In 1.3.2, removed "[[ Note: this text may be changed in the future.
   ]]"

   Added "All of Section 2.25 was added to explain how to act when there
   are timing collisions when deleting and/or rekeying SAs." to 1.7.
   [Issue #22]

   In 2.8, split the third paragraph into two paragraphs to make the
   different types of rekeying clearer.  Also, changed "The old IKE SA
   is then deleted" to "After the new equivalent IKE SA is created, the
   initiator deletes the old IKE SA".

   In 2.8, changed "The initiator MAY begin sending on an SA as soon as
   it processes the response" to "The initiator SHOULD begin sending on
   an SA as soon as it processes the response".

   Completely revised and expanded the second paragraph of 2.8.2 ("The
   case where both...").  [Issue #22]

   Changed the first parenthetical statement at the beginning of 2.15 to
   read "or MAC using a padded shared secret as the key, as described
   later in this section".  Also, changed the formatting of the MAC
   calculation at the end of the section very slightly.

   Also in 2.15, in the description of the signed octets, fixed two
   lines.

   . . .
   InitiatorIDPayload = PayloadHeader | RestOfIDPayload
   RestOfInitIDPayload = IDType | RESERVED | InitIDData
   . . .

   becomes

   . . .
   InitiatorIDPayload = PayloadHeader | RestOfInitIDPayload
   RestOfInitIDPayload = IDType | RESERVED | InitIDData
   . . .

   ...and the same change for the responder.

   In 2.23, removed the second-to-last bullet because it was
   accidentally left there when the last bullet was copied and expanded
   from it.

   Added 2.25 and its subsections.  [Issue #22]

   Added to the end of 3.6: "Implementations MUST support the HTTP
   method for hash-and-URL lookup.  The behavior of other URL methods is
   not currently specified, and such methods SHOULD NOT be used in the
   absence of a document specifying them."  [Issue #117]

   In 3.7, removed "10" from the list of acceptable types for the
   "Certification Authority" field.  [Issue #120]

   In 3.8, definition of RSA Digital Signature, added: "Implementations
   can use the certificates received from a given peer as a hint for
   selecting a mutually-understood hash function for the AUTH payload
   signature.  Note, however, that the hash algorithm used in the AUTH
   payload signature doesn't have to be the same as any hash
   algorithm(s) used in the certificate(s)."  [Isse #116]

   In 3.10.1, added

   TEMPORARY_FAILURE
       See section 2.25.

   CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND
       See section 2.25.

   Also added these to the IANA considerations in section 6.  [Issue
   #22]

   In 3.15, changed "Requestors MUST ignore returned attributes that
   they do not recognize" to "Unrecognized or unsupported attributes
   MUST be ignored in both requests and responses".  This brings back
   some text that was removed a few iterations ago.

   In 4, changed "If an implementation does support issuing such
   requests" to "If an implementation does support issuing such requests
   and its policy requires using temporary IP addresses".

   In 8 (Refereneces), changed the reference for AEAD from RFC 5116 to
   RFC 5282.  Also added IKEV2IANA as a normative reference.  Also
   changed the FTP URLs to the RFC Editor to HTTP references.

D.14.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-06 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-07

   These changes were made during and after WG Last Call.

   Many small editorial nits fixed.

   In 1.2, added "(A man-in-the-middle who cannot complete the IKE_AUTH
   exchange can nonetheless see the identity of the initiator.)"

   In the table in 1.2, added " (not a payload)" to "IKE Header" because
   the other items are, in fact, payloads.  Also changed "E Encrypted"
   to "SK Encrypted and Authenticated".

   Removed "When an IKE SA is not created, the error message return
   SHOULD NOT be encrypted because the other party will not be able to
   authenticate that message." from the end of 1.3.1.  [Issue #127]

   In 1.3.1, added "An IPCOMP_SUPPORTED notification, covered in
   Section 2.22, can also be included in the exchange."

   In 1.3.2, changed "New initiator and responder SPIs are supplied in
   the SPI fields of the SA payload." to "A new initiator SPI is
   supplied in the SPI field of the SA payload."  Also added "A new
   responder SPI is supplied in the SPI field of the SA payload." a few
   paragraphs down.

   In 1.3.3, changed the figure for the initiator from:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK {N, SA, Ni, [KEi],
       TSi, TSr}   -->

   to:

   Initiator                         Responder
   -------------------------------------------------------------------
   HDR, SK {N(REKEY_SA), SA, Ni, [KEi],
       TSi, TSr}   -->

   Added to 1.4: "Note that some informational messages, not exchanges,
   can be sent outside the context of an IKE SA."

   In 1.5, changed "it MAY send an informational message" to "it MAY
   indicate this with a Notify payload".  Made a similar change in the
   following paragraph.

   In 1.5, changed "If the receiving node has an active IKE SA to the IP
   address from whence the packet came, it MAY send a notification of
   the wayward packet over that IKE SA in an INFORMATIONAL exchange.  If
   it does not have such an IKE SA, it MAY indicate this with a Notify
   payload without cryptographic protection to the source IP address."
   to "If the receiving node does not have an active IKE SA to the IP
   address from whence the packet came, it MAY send a notification of
   the wayward packet with a Notify payload without cryptographic
   protection to the source IP address."

   Fixed the boilerplate wording in 1.6.

   Added and clarified materila in 1.7.  Also added "Significant" to the
   title of the section because it cannot list all the differences.
   [Issue #126]

   In 2.1, changed "IKE is a reliable protocol, in the sense that the
   initiator MUST retransmit a request until either it receives a
   corresponding reply OR it deems the IKE security association to have
   failed and it discards all state associated with the IKE SA and any
   Child SAs negotiated using that IKE SA." to "IKE is a reliable
   protocol: the initiator MUST retransmit a request until either it
   receives a corresponding reply, or until it deems the IKE SA to have
   failed.  In the latter case, the initiator discards all state
   associated with the IKE SA and any Child SAs that were negotiated
   using that IKE SA."

   In 2.1, removed ", and the zero non-ESP marker" because it was
   confusing.

   In 2.2, rearranged the paragraphs beginning "The Message ID is a 32-
   bit.." and "Throughout this document, "initiator"...".

   In 2.5, changed "implementations SHOULD send the payloads defined in
   this specification in the order shown in the figures in Section 2" to
   "...the figures in Sections 1 and 2".

   In 2.6, changed "Also, incorporating Ni" to "Also, incorporating
   SPi".

   In 2.6, removed the paragraph that started "In addition to cookies"
   because it was redundant with information in 2.7 that was stated
   better.

   In 2.8, changed "It should do so if there has been no traffic since
   the last time the SA was rekeyed." to "It can also do so if ..."

   In 2.8.1, changed NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN to CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND in the
   paragraph that starts "To B, it looks like A is trying to rekey" and
   the artwork after it.

   In 2.8.2, changed "In this case, when the peer that did not notice
   the simultaneous rekey gets the request to rekey the IKE SA that it
   has already successfully rekeyed, it MUST return
   TEMPORARY_FAILURE..." to "...it SHOULD return TEMPORARY_FAILURE...".
   [Issue #131]

   In 2.9, changed "To enable the responder to choose the appropriate
   range in this case, if the initiator has requested the SA due to a
   data packet, the initiator SHOULD include as the first traffic
   selector in each of TSi and TSr a very specific traffic selector
   including the addresses in the packet triggering the request" to "If
   the initiator requests an SA because it wants to sen a data packet,
   including the specific addresses in the packet triggering the request
   in the first traffic selector in both TSi and TSr enables the
   responder to choose the appropriate range".

   In 2.9, removed "Such misconfigurations should be recorded in error
   logs."  [Issue #125]

   In 2.9, changed the end of the paragraph that starts "It is possible
   for the responder's policy..." to actually match the scenario, which
   is not a triggering packet.

   In 2.9, changed the "192.0.1" example network to "198.51.100" and
   removed the parenthetical comment about the old ones.  Did the same
   change in 3.15.2 and 5.1.

   Rewrote parts of 2.13 to make it clearer when general functions and
   specific functions were being discussed.  Also cleaned up
   inconsistent use of "prf" and "PRF" throughout the document.

   In 2.18, added "to generate SKEYSEED" to the end of "The old and new
   IKE SA...", and added "and using the new IKE SA's PRF" to the end of
   the last paragraph.  [Issue #121]

   At the end of 2.19, removed some redundancy and split the final
   paragraph into two.

   In 2.21.2, removed "NOTE FOR WG DISCUSSION: Having other payloads in
   the message is allowed but there are none suggested.  One WG member
   mentioned the possibility of adding a DELETE payload when the error
   is sent in a separate INFORMATIONAL exchange.  Do we want to allow
   such additional payloads that have operational semantics?"

   In 2.23, changed "float to" to "use".

   In 2.23, changed "In the case of a mismatching
   NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP hash, the recipient MAY reject the connection
   attempt if NAT traversal is not supported." to "In the case there is
   a mismatch of the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP hash with all of the
   NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP payloads received, the recipient MAY reject
   the connection attempt if NAT traversal is not supported."  Also
   removed the bullet that started "If the NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP
   payload received does not match the hash of the destination IP"
   because it was already covered above.

   In 2.23, removed "so this method MUST NOT be used when MOBIKE is
   used" but left in the reference to section 3.8 in MOBIKE so that
   readers can see what is and is not allowed.

   In 2.23.1, in the first bullet for the responder in transport mode,
   changed "Store the original traffic selector IP addresses as received
   source and destination address in case we need to undo address
   substitution." to "Store the original traffic selector IP addresses
   as received source and destination address, both in case we need to
   undo address substitution, and to use as the "real source and
   destination address" specified by [UDPENCAPS], and for TCP/UDP
   checksum fixup."

   In 2.25, changed: "A peer that receives a CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND
   notification SHOULD silently delete the Child SA and send a request
   to create a new Child SA from scratch." to "A peer that receives a
   CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND notification SHOULD silently delete the Child SA
   (if it still exists) and send a request to create a new Child SA from
   scratch (if the Child SA does not yet exist)."

   In the flags description in 3.1, replaced "The bits are defined LSB
   first, so bit 0 would be the least significant bit of the Flags
   octet. " with "The bits are as follows:

        +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
        |X|X|R|V|I|X|X|X|
        +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

   Also added: ""X" bits MUST be cleared when sending and MUST be
   ignored on receipt."  Then removed the bit positions from the
   description.

   In 3.1, added "See Section 2.5 for more information on this bit" to
   the end of the Critical bit description.

   In 3.2, changed "E Encrypted" to "SK Encrypted and Authenticated".

   In 3.3, fourth paragraph, changed "Combined-mode ciphers include both
   integrity and encryption in a single encryption algorithm, and are
   not allowed to be offered with a separate integrity algorithm other
   than "none"." to "Combined-mode ciphers include both integrity and
   encryption in a single encryption algorithm, and MUST either offer no
   integrity algorithm or a single integrity algorithm of "none", with
   no integrity algorithm being the RECOMMENDED method."  Also, removed
   "If an algorithm that combines encryption and integrity protection is
   proposed, it MUST be proposed as an encryption algorithm and an
   integrity protection algorithm MUST NOT be proposed" from the
   following paragraph.  [Issue #122]

   In 3.3.6, moved the last sentence from the second paragraph and moved
   it to third paragraph.  It now reads "If one of the proposals offered
   is for the Diffie-Hellman group of NONE, the responder MUST ignore
   the initiator's KE payload and omit the KE payload from the
   response."

   In 3.4, added "See also Section 1.2 and Section 2.7."

   In 3.6, changed "Certificate payloads SHOULD be included in an
   exchange if certificates are available to the sender unless the peer
   has indicated an ability to retrieve this information from elsewhere
   using an HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED Notify payload." to "Certificate
   payloads SHOULD be included in an exchange if certificates are
   available to the sender.  The Hash and URL formats of the Certificate
   payloads should be used in case the peer has indicated an ability to
   retrieve this information from elsewhere using an
   HTTP_CERT_LOOKUP_SUPPORTED Notify payload."

   In 3.10.1, added "More information on error handling can be found in
   Section 2.21."

   Added TEMPORARY_FAILURE and CHILD_SA_NOT_FOUND to the table in
   3.10.1.

   Replaced the Start Port and End Port discussions in 3.13.1 with ones
   that describe the ICMP and ICMPv6 in more detail.  Also replaced the
   two paragraphs starting "The traffic selector types 7..." and
   "Traffic selectors can use" with "he traffic selector types 7 and 8
   can also refer to ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code fields, as well as MH
   Type fields for the IPv6 mobility header [MIPV6].  Note, however,
   that neither ICMP nor MIPv6 packets have separate source and
   destination fields.  The method for specifying the traffic selectors
   for ICMP and MIPv6 is shown by example in Section 4.4.1.3 of
   [IPSECARCH]".  [Issue #129]

   In 3.15.1, made the table heading "Multi-Valued" instead of "Valued".

   In 3.15.1, added "(except INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY and
   INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS which were removed by this document)" to the bullet
   point for "Value" because those two were removed from the table.

   Added new paragraph at the end of 3.15.4 to suggest what the
   initiator should do if they don't get enough addresses.  [Issue #124]

   In 5, changed "An implementation using EAP MUST also use strong
   authentication" back to "An implementation using EAP MUST also use a
   public-key-based authentication" soas not to change mandatory
   requirements from RFC 4306.

   Added to section 6: "Two items are removed from the IKEv2
   Configuration Payload Attribute Types table: INTERNAL_IP6_NBNS and
   INTERNAL_ADDRESS_EXPIRY."

   Removed Appendix C, "Significant Changes from RFC 4306", because this
   information is actually going in section 1.7.

   In C.5, changed the figure from:

   request             --> SA, Ni, [KEi]
                           [V+][N+]

   response            <-- SA, Nr, [KEr]
                           [V+][N+]

   to

   request             --> SA, Ni, KEi
                           [V+][N+]

   response            <-- SA, Nr, KEr
                           [V+][N+]

D.15.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-07 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-08

   Lots more small editorial issues fixed.

   These changes were made after WG Last Call, mostly to close out open
   issues.

   In 1.2, changed "The recipients of messages 3 and 4 MUST verify that
   all signatures and MACs are computed correctly and that the names in
   the ID payloads correspond to the keys used to generate the AUTH
   payload." to "The recipients of messages 3 and 4 MUST verify that all
   signatures and MACs are computed correctly.  If either side uses a
   shared secret for authentication, the names in the ID payload MUST
   correspond to the key used to generate the AUTH payload."

   In 1.3, added "This notify can also be used to reject IKE SA rekey"
   to the discussion of sending the NO_ADDITIONAL_SAS notification.
   [Issue #132]

   In 1.3.2, added a pointer to 2.18; vice versa.

   Added to 1.3.3: "The notifications described in Section 1.3.1 may
   also be sent in a rekeying exchange.  Usually these will be the same
   notifications that were used in the original exchange; for example,
   when rekeying a transport mode SA, the USE_TRANSPORT_MODE
   notification will be used."  [Issue #133]

   In 1.4.1, replaced the last paragraph ("Half-closed ESP or AH
   connections...") with two paragraphs that clarify deleting IKE SAs as
   compared to half-closed ESP or AH connections.

   In 1.5, changed "If the receiving node does not have an active IKE SA
   to the IP address from whence the packet came, it" to "The receiving
   node".

   In 1.5, replaced the last three paragraphs ("There are two cases...",
   "In case of INVALID_IKE_SPI...", and "In case of INVALID_SPI...")
   with a more detailed description.  [Issue #143]

   In 1.7, added "Section 2.23 clarified that, in NAT traversal, now
   both UDP encapsulated IPsec packets and non-UDP encapsulated IPsec
   packets packets need to be understood when receiving."

   Added a new paragraph at the end of 2.1 ("The retransmission policy
   for one-way messages is somewhat different...").  [Issue #147]

   Replaced the first paragraph in 2.6 with a shorter one, and moved the
   historical material to the end of the section.  [Issue #148]

   In 2.6.1, removed "SAi1 and" from "For instance, if the responder
   includes the SAi1 and KEi payloads in cookie calculation..."  [Issue
   #134]

   In 2.7, moved the paragraph that begins "Because the initiator sends
   its Diffie-Hellman value in the IKE_SA_INIT" to 1.2.  [Issue #144]

   In 2.8, replaced "MAY send a dummy message on a newly created SA"
   with "MAY send a dummy ESP message on a newly created ESP SA".
   [Issue #154]

   In 2.8, changed "...it has received a cryptographically valid message
   on the new SA..." to "...it has received a cryptographically valid
   message on the other half of the SA pair...".  [Issue #149]

   In 2.8.2, changed "The new IKE SA containing the lowest nonce
   inherits the Child SAs" to "The new IKE SA containing the lowest
   nonce SHOULD be deleted by the node that created it, and the other
   suriving new IKE SA MUST inherit all the Child SAs".  [Issue #135]

   In 2.8.2, added "In addition to normal simultaneous rekeying cases,
   there is a special case where one peer finishes its rekey before it
   even notices that other peer is doing a rekey."  [Issue #171]

   In 2.8.2, added "Support of the TEMPORARY_FAILURE notification is not
   negotiated, so older peers may receive these notifications.  In that
   case, they will treat it the same as any other unknown error
   notification, and will stop the exchange.  Because the other peer has
   already rekeyed the exchange, doing so does not have any ill
   effects."  [Issue #150]

   In 2.9, reverted to using a SHOULD for trigger packets.  Replaced "If
   the initiator requests an SA because it wants to send a data packet,
   including the specific addresses in the packet triggering the request
   in the first traffic selector in both TSi and TSr enables the
   responder to choose the appropriate range" with "To enable the
   responder to choose the appropriate range in this case, if the
   initiator has requested the SA due to a data packet, the initiator
   SHOULD include as the first traffic selector in each of TSi and TSr a
   very specific traffic selector including the addresses in the packet
   triggering the request."  [Issue #155]

   In 2.14, changed "only the first 64 bits of Ni and the first 64 bits
   of Nr are used in the calculation" to "only the first 64 bits of Ni
   and the first 64 bits of Nr are used in calculating SKEYSEED, but all
   the bits are used for input to the prf+ function".  [Issue #138]

   Added to the end of 2.15: "There are two types of EAP authentication
   (described in Section 2.16), and each type uses different values in
   the AUTH computations shown above.  If the EAP method is key-
   generating, substitute MSK for the Shared Secret in the computation.
   For non-key-generating methods, substitute SK_pi and SK_pr,
   respectively, for the Shared Secret in the two AUTH computations."
   [Issue #151]

   In 2.16, changed "the authenticated identity has to be sent" to "the
   authenticated identity, if different from that in the IDi payload,
   has to be sent".  [Issue #174]

   In 2.17, significantly changed the discussion of the order in which
   keying material is taken from KEYMAT.  The result is the same, but
   the description is quite different, and now also refers to ROHC.
   [Issue #139]

   In 2.21, changed "Only authentication failures
   (AUTHENTICATION_FAILED)..." to "Only authentication failures
   (AUTHENTICATION_FAILED and EAP failure)...".  Also added "If the
   exchange is terminated with EAP Failure, an AUTHENTICATION_FAILED
   notification is not sent."  [Issue #152 and #160]

   In 2.21.2, removed INVALID_SELECTORS from the list of things that are
   returned from the piggybacked exchanges.  [Issue #166]

   In 2.23, changed "In the case of NAT traversal, the Traffic Selectors
   MUST contain exactly one IP address, which is then used as the
   original IP address" to "In the case of transport mode NAT traversal,
   the traffic selectors MUST contain exactly one IP address, which is
   then used as the original IP address".  [Issue #136]

   In 2.23, completely replaced the paragraph that begins "An initiator
   can use port 4500".  [Issue #146]

   In 2.23, changed "In addition, firewalls may be configured to pass
   IPsec traffic over UDP but not ESP/AH or vice versa." to "In
   addition, firewalls may be configured to pass UDP-encapsulated IPsec
   traffic but not plain, unencapsulated ESP/AH or vice versa".

   In 2.23, changed "SPIs, source IP address, and port" to "SPIs, source
   or recipient IP address respectively, and port".  [Issue #162].

   In 2.23, completely replaced the last paragraph ("There are cases
   where a NAT box...").  [Issue #175]

   In 2.23.1, changed "When the client starts creating the IKEv2 SA and
   Child SA for sending traffic to the server, it has a triggering
   packet with source IP address of IP1, and a destination IP address of
   IPN2" to "...it may have a triggering packet...".  Changed "The first
   traffic selector of TSi and TSr SHOULD have very specific traffic
   selectors including protocol and port numbers from the packet
   triggering the request" to "...SHOULD have very specific traffic
   selectors including protocol and port numbers, such as from the
   packet...".  The same change is made in the third bullet of the
   client list near the end of the section.  [Issue #173]

   At the beginning of the second paragraph of 3.1, changed "The
   Recipient SPI" to the "The responder's SPI".

   In 3.1, changed "Payloads are processed in the order in which they
   appear in an IKE message by invoking the appropriate processing
   routine according to the "Next Payload" field in the IKE header and
   subsequently according to the "Next Payload" field in the IKE payload
   itself until a "Next Payload" field of zero indicates that no
   payloads follow" to "Payloads are identified in the order in which
   they appear in an IKE message by looking in the "Next Payload" field
   in the IKE header, and subsequently according to the "Next Payload"
   field in the IKE payload itself until a "Next Payload" field of zero
   indicates that no payloads follow".  [Issue #159]

   In 3.1, added "including multiple sessions per peer" to the end of
   the second paragraph.

   In 3.2, changed "In the header of an Encrypted payload, the Next
   Payload field is set to the payload type of the first contained
   payload (instead of 0)" to "In the header of an Encrypted payload,
   the Next Payload field is set to the payload type of the first
   contained payload (instead of 0); conversely, the Next Payload field
   of the last contained payload is set to zero."  [Issue #164]

   In 3.3, changed the example of the two proposals and added a worked-
   out figure for them.  [Issue #157]

   In 3.3.2, changed PRF_HMAC_TIGER to UNSPECIFIED.

   In 3.3.5, added "unless that length exceeds two bytes" to the end of
   "Attributes described as fixed length MUST NOT be encoded using the
   variable-length encoding".  [Issue #167]

   In 3.3.6, changed "The initiator of an exchange MUST check that the
   accepted offer is consistent with one of its proposals, and if not
   that response MUST be rejected" to "The initiator of an exchange MUST
   check that the accepted offer is consistent with one of its
   proposals, and if not MUST terminate the exchange".

   In 3.3.6, changed "Similarly, if the responder receives a transform
   that contains a Transform Attribute it does not understand..." to
   "Similarly, if the responder receives a transform that it does not
   understand, or one that contains a Transform Attribute it does not
   understand...".

   In 3.4, changed "The length of the Diffie-Hellman public value MUST
   be equal to the length of the prime modulus over which the
   exponentiation was performed, prepending zero bits to the value if
   necessary" to "The length of the the Diffie-Hellman public value for
   MODP groups..." (because it is not true for elliptic curve groups).

   In 3.5, changed "IPv6-only implementations MAY be configurable to
   send only ID_IPV6_ADDR" to "IPv6-only implementations MAY be
   configurable to send ID_IPV6_ADDR instead of ID_IPV6_ADDR for IP
   addresses."

   In 3.6, replaced "Use the following ASN.1 definition for an X.509
   bundle" by "The "Hash and URL of a bundle" type uses the following
   ASN.1 definition for the X.509 bundle".

   In 3.7, removed "If multiple CAs are trusted and the certificate
   encoding does not allow a list, then multiple Certificate Request
   payloads would need to be transmitted".

   In 3.14, added "This payload is also called the "Encrypted and
   Authenticated" payload."

   In 3.16, removed the table of EAP types and replaced it with "Note
   that since IKE passes an indication of initiator identity in message
   3 of the protocol, the responder SHOULD NOT send EAP Identity
   requests (type 1).  The initiator MAY, however, respond to such
   requests if it receives them."  [Issue #153]

   In 3.16, removed "In other messages, this field MAY be set to any
   value" from the bullet defining Identifier.  [Issue #168]

   In 4, changed "Ability to support various types of legacy
   authentication" to "Ability to support EAP-based authentication".

   In section 4, removed two sentences ("A minimal IPv4 responder
   implementation..." and "A minimal IPv4 initiator...") because they
   were redundant with the preceding text but also used new terms that
   were not defined.  [Issue #172]

   In 5, removed "or overrun of either endpoint".  [Issue #169]

   In 6, added that IANA should change "46 Encrypted E" to "46 Encrypted
   SK".

   In 8.2, updated the pointer for IPV6CONFIG to RFC 5739.

D.16.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-08 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-09

   These changes came during IETF Last Call.

   Fixed more minor editorial nits.

   Throughout, changed "#" in the name of variables to "Num" or "Number"
   because "#" is US-centric and confusing.

   Throughout, changed "denial of service" to "DoS" after the first
   definition to be consistent.

   In many places, changed "message 3" to "the first message in the
   IKE_AUTH exchange".

   In 1, changed 'The pair is called an "exchange"' to 'The pair is
   called an "exchange", and is sometimes called "request/response"'.
   Then changed most of the rest of "request/response" to "exchange"
   throughout the document.

   In 1, changed "We call the first messages establishing an IKE SA
   IKE_SA_INIT and IKE_AUTH exchanges and subsequent IKE exchanges
   CREATE_CHILD_SA or INFORMATIONAL exchanges" to "The first exchange of
   messages establishing an IKE SA are called the IKE_SA_INIT and
   IKE_AUTH exchanges; subsequent IKE exchanges are called the
   CREATE_CHILD_SA or INFORMATIONAL exchanges".

   In 1.2, added "see Section 2.13 and Section 2.14 for details on the
   key derivation".

   In 1.2, copied text from 2.2 to describe what a Message ID is before
   we start talking about it.

   In 1.2, added "The traffic selectors (TSi and TSr) are discussed in
   Section 2.9" because it was ignored in the section.

   In 1.2, changed "The recipients of messages 3 and 4 MUST verify..."
   to "Both parties in the IKE_SA_INIT exchange MUST verify...".

   In 1.2, changed "The list of responses..." to "Notify message
   types...".

   In 1.2, changed "If the failure is related to creating the IKE SA
   (for example, AUTHENTICATION_FAILED)" to "If the failure is related
   to creating the IKE SA (for example, an AUTHENTICATION_FAILED Notify
   error message is returned)".

   In 1.2, changed "the sender of the error indication" to "the sender
   of the error Notify message".

   In 1.3, removed the paragraph starting "All messages following..."
   because it is a duplicate from 1.2.

   In 1.3, changed "this notify" to "this notification".

   In 1.3, removed "The CREATE_CHILD_SA is also used for rekeying IKE
   SAs and Child SAs" because it is redundant with the first sentence of
   the section.

   In 1.3.1, changed "Failure of an attempt" to "A failed attempt".

   In 1.5, added "these flags are described in Section 3.1" because they
   had not beed defined yet.

   In 2.2, added "Retransmission of a message MUST use the same Message
   ID as the original message."

   At the end of 2.3, changed "is optional" to "is OPTIONAL".

   In 2.4, changed "Every implementation MUST be capable of responding
   to an INFORMATIONAL exchange, but a minimal implementation MAY
   respond to any INFORMATIONAL message with an empty INFORMATIONAL
   response" to "Every implementation MUST be capable of responding to
   an INFORMATIONAL exchange, but a minimal implementation MAY respond
   to any request in the INFORMATIONAL exchange with an empty response".

   In 2.4, changed "An implementation MUST NOT continue sending on any
   SA if some failure prevents it from receiving on all of the
   associated SAs" to "An implementation needs to stop sending on any
   SA..." because there is no way for the implementation to know if
   "some failure" has occured.

   In 2.4, changed "If Child SAs can fail independently from one another
   without the associated IKE SA being able to send a delete message,
   then they MUST be negotiated by separate IKE SAs" to "If a system
   creates Child SAs that can fail independently from one another
   without the associated IKE SA being able to send a delete message,
   then the system MUST negotiate such Child SAs using separate IKE
   SAs".  [Issue #181]

   In 2.6, changed "will cause two packets:" to "will cause two packets
   to be sent:".

   In 2.6, added "possibly using exponential back-off" to the discussion
   of limiting the number of cookies it sends.

   Moved the paragraph that starts "When the IKE_SA_INIT exchange does
   not result" from 2.7 to 2.6.  Also changed"the responder's SPI will
   be zero" to "the responder's SPI will be zero also in the response
   message".

   In 2.8.1, removed "lexicographical" because it was undefined and
   unnecessary.

   In 2.8.2, last paragraph: Change the beginning of the sentence and
   changed "older peers may receive these notifications" to "older peers
   that implement RFC 4306 but not this document may receive these
   notifications".

   Fixed the first two paragraphs of 2.9 to talk about PFKEY in the
   correct context.

   In 2.9, changed "reject the request with a status of
   SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED" with "reject the request with a
   SINGLE_PAIR_REQUIRED Notify message".

   In 2.13, changed "The preferred key size is used as the length of
   SK_d, SK_pi, and SK_pr" to "The preferred key size MUST be used as
   the length of SK_d, SK_pi, and SK_pr".

   In 2.14, changed "The lengths of SK_d, SK_pi, and SK_pr are the
   preferred key length of the agreed-to PRF" to "The lengths of SK_d,
   SK_pi, and SK_pr MUST be the preferred key length of the agreed-to
   PRF".

   In 2.15, moved "In the above calculation, IDi' and IDr' are the
   entire ID payloads excluding the fixed header" earlier and removed
   redundant definitions.

   In 2.16, added "(Note that the AUTH payload is required for non-EAP
   authentication, and is thus not marked as optional in the rest of
   this document.)"

   In 2.17, added a reference to [ROHCV2].

   In 2.20, removed "to prevent trolling" because it is not a widely-
   known term.

   In 2.21.2, added "using the Vendor ID payload" to the last sentence.

   In 2.23, clarified the paragraph that starts "An initiator can
   use..." in many places, saying that it is UDP encapsulated ESP.

   In the bulleted list in 2.23 that lists what implementations that
   support NAT traversal must do, removed "IKE MUST listen on port 4500
   as well as port 500.  IKE MUST respond to the IP address and port
   from which packets arrived".  That requirement applies to all IKE
   implementations.

   In 2.23, changed "these payloads" to "the NAT_DETECTION_SOURCE_IP or
   NAT_DETECTION_DESTINATION_IP payloads".

   Throughout subsections of 3, added ", unsigned integer" in
   definitions of multi-octet items such as Message ID and Payload
   Length.

   In 3.1, added "(with one exception; see Section 2.21.2)" to the
   discussion of the Response flag.

   In 3.3.1, changed "the SPI is obtained from outer header" to "the SPI
   is obtained from outer IP header".

   In 3.3.6, changed "If one of the proposals offered is for the Diffie-
   Hellman group of NONE, the responder MUST ignore the initiator's KE
   payload and omit the KE payload from the response" to "If one of the
   proposals offered is for the Diffie-Hellman group of NONE, and the
   responder selects that Diffie-Hellman group, then it MUST ignore the
   initiator's KE payload and omit the KE payload from the response".
   [Issue #176]

   In 3.5, changed "[X.501]" and "[X.509]" to "[PKIX]".  Also removed
   those two now-unneeded references.  [Issue #183]

   In 3.5, changed "IPv6-only implementations MAY be configurable to
   send only ID_IPV6_ADDR instead of ID_IPV6_ADDR for IP addresses" to
   "IPv6-only implementations MAY be configurable to send only
   ID_IPV6_ADDR instead of ID_IPV4_ADDR for IP addresses".

   In 3.5, changed "and MUST be configurable to accept all of these
   types" to "and MUST be configurable to accept all of these four
   types".  [Issue #186]

   In 3.6, changed "MUST be capable of being configured to send and
   accept the two Hash and URL formats (with HTTP URLs)" to "MUST be
   capable of being configured to send and accept the Hash and URL
   format (with HTTP URLs)" because there is only one format.

   At the beginning of 3.16, changed "The full set of acceptable values
   for the payload is defined elsewhere, but a short summary of RFC 3748
   is included here to make this document stand alone in the common
   cases" to "When using EAP, an appropriate EAP method needs to be
   selected.  Many of these methods have been defined, specifying the
   protocol's use with various authentication mechanisms.  EAP method
   types are listed in [EAP-IANA].  A short summary of the EAP format is
   included here for clarity.".  Also added the reference to [EAP-IANA]
   to the informative references.  [Issue #187]

   In 4, changed "There are a series of optional features that can
   easily be ignored by a particular implementation if it does not
   support that feature.  Those features include:" to "The following are
   some of the features that can be omitted in a minimal
   implementation:".

   In the references, moved [AEAD] from informative to normative.

   In Appendix B, changed "The strength supplied by group one may not be
   sufficient for the mandatory-to-implement encryption algorithm and is
   here for historic reasons" to "The strength supplied by group 1 may
   not be sufficient for typical uses and is here for historic reasons".

D.17.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-09 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-10

   Small editorial changes.

D.18.  Changes from draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-10 to
       draft-ietf-ipsecme-ikev2bis-11

   Changes made during IESG review.

   In 1.7, changed "The clarifications are mostly based on [Clarif]" to
   "Many of the clarifications are based on [Clarif]".

   Added to 1.7: The small number of technical changes listed here are
   not expected to affect RFC 4306 implementations that have already
   been deployed at the time of publication of this document.

   Added to 3.3.4: At the time of publication of this document,
   [RFC4307] specifies these suites, but note that it might be updated
   in the future, and other RFCs might specify different sets of suites.

   In 8.1, added normative references for [HTTP], [RFC4307], and [URLS].

   Editorial: changed "elliptical curve" to "elliptic curve".


Authors' Addresses

   Charlie Kaufman
   Microsoft
   1 Microsoft Way
   Redmond, WA  98052
   US

   Phone: 1-425-707-3335
   Email: charliek@microsoft.com


   Paul Hoffman
   VPN Consortium
   127 Segre Place
   Santa Cruz, CA  95060
   US

   Phone: 1-831-426-9827
   Email: paul.hoffman@vpnc.org


   Yoav Nir
   Check Point Software Technologies Ltd.
   5 Hasolelim St.
   Tel Aviv 67897
   Israel

   Email: ynir@checkpoint.com


   Pasi Eronen
   Nokia Research Center
   P.O. Box 407
   FIN-00045 Nokia Group
   Finland

   Email: pasi.eronen@nokia.com

